Student Handbook 2013 - Merced College
Student Handbook 2013 - Merced College
Student Handbook 2013 - Merced College
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
MERCED COLLEGE<br />
DIAGNOSTIC MEDICAL SONOGRAPHY<br />
STUDENT HANDBOOK<br />
Revised November <strong>2013</strong><br />
i
Table of Contents<br />
I. Introduction……………………………………………………………………………2<br />
A. Welcome<br />
B. Purpose of <strong>Handbook</strong><br />
C. <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> Philosophy<br />
D. Programmatic Philosophy<br />
E. Objectives<br />
II. Accreditation………………………………………………………………………….6<br />
A. <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
B. Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program<br />
III. Attendance…………………………………………………………………………….6<br />
A. Enrollment<br />
B. Attendance<br />
C. Excessive Absences or Tardiness<br />
D. Holidays<br />
E. Vacation<br />
F. Professional Development<br />
G. Sick Leave<br />
H. Funeral Leave<br />
I. Jury Duty<br />
J. Make up Time<br />
K. Completion of Clinical Hours<br />
IV.<br />
Scholarship Criteria & Information…………………………………………………9<br />
A. Grade Computation<br />
B. Scholarship and Promotion<br />
C. Class Drops<br />
D. Incomplete Grades ( "I" )<br />
E. Unsatisfactory Progress – Probation<br />
F. Suspension<br />
G. Academic Dishonesty<br />
H. Conduct<br />
I. Nonacademic Counseling<br />
J. Re-Admission<br />
K. Pinning Ceremony & Receipt of Certificate of Achievement<br />
L. Job Placement<br />
M. ARDMS Sanctions<br />
N. National Examination<br />
V. <strong>Student</strong> Rights and Grievances (Administrative Procedure 5530)………..19<br />
A. District <strong>Student</strong> Rights and Grievances Procedure<br />
B. General Statement Regarding Clinical Setting<br />
VI.<br />
Records………………………………………………………………………………..20<br />
A. <strong>Student</strong> Records<br />
B. Patient Records<br />
ii
VII. Financial Expenditures……………………………………………..……….20<br />
A. Fees<br />
B. Additional Expenses - estimates<br />
C. Licensing<br />
D. Books<br />
E. Drop/Withdrawal Refunds<br />
VIII. General Policies……………………………………………………….……22<br />
A. Changes in Personal Data<br />
B. CPR Requirement<br />
C. Employment<br />
D. Health<br />
E. Immunizations<br />
F. TB Screening & General Updates<br />
G. Infectious Disease Control Policy<br />
H. Library References<br />
I. Right of Privacy<br />
J. Sexual Harassment Policy<br />
K. Transportation<br />
L. Use of Drugs<br />
M. Visitors<br />
N. Positioning Disclaimer<br />
O. Background Clearance<br />
P. Drug Screening<br />
Q. Graffiti<br />
IX. Insurance, Accidents and Incidents…………………………………….28<br />
A. <strong>Student</strong> Clinical Injury<br />
B. Incidents<br />
X. Clinical Assignments……………………………………………………....28<br />
XI. <strong>Student</strong> Dress and Grooming for Clinical Education………………..29<br />
A. Uniforms<br />
B. Grooming<br />
C. Jewelry<br />
D. Body Art<br />
E. Miscellaneous<br />
XII. <strong>Student</strong> Orientation to Clinical Facilities………………………………..32<br />
XIII. Clinical Experience………………………………………………………….32<br />
A. Duties of a <strong>Student</strong> Sonographer<br />
B. Clinical Placement<br />
C. Scheduling<br />
D. Clinical Hours<br />
E. Clinical Exams<br />
F. <strong>Student</strong> Evaluation of Clinical Experience<br />
G. Breaks and Lunch<br />
H. Personal Phone Calls<br />
I. Early Release<br />
J. New Facility Orientation<br />
iii
XIV.<br />
XV.<br />
XVI.<br />
K. Removal of Cervical Collars<br />
L. Cutting Away of Patient Clothing<br />
M. <strong>Student</strong> Availability During Site Visits<br />
N. Handwashing<br />
O. Personal Protective Equipment<br />
P. Miscellaneous<br />
Clinical Radiation Protection Rules………………………………………35<br />
Pregnancy Policy and Procedures………………………………………..36<br />
<strong>Student</strong> Supervision…………………………………………………………37<br />
A. Direct<br />
B. Indirect<br />
XVII. Personnel Descriptions……………………………………………………..38<br />
XVIII. Professionalism, Job Description…………………………………………39<br />
A. Description of Profession<br />
B. Scope of Practice-Overview<br />
C. SDMS Scope of Practice for the Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional<br />
D. SDMS Code of Ethics<br />
E. Diagnostic Ultrasound Clinical Practice Standards<br />
F. “Registry Eligible”<br />
G. Professional Job Description: Example<br />
H. <strong>Student</strong> Memberships in Professional Organizations<br />
XIX. Patient Safety and Risk Management……………………………………52<br />
A. Age Appropriate Care<br />
B. Process of Reporting Complications (includes Incident Report)<br />
C. Infectious Diseases<br />
D. Communicable Diseases<br />
E. Transducer Cleaning<br />
F. Universal Precautions<br />
G. Emergency Procedures<br />
XXI. Equipment Safety and Maintenance………………………………………58<br />
XXII. Technical Protocols………………………………………………………….59<br />
A. General Policy: Ensuring Medical Necessity<br />
B. AIUM Policy Guidelines<br />
C. AIUM Documentation of Ultrasound Examinations<br />
D. AIUM Guidelines for Abdomen & Retroperitoneum<br />
E. Abdominal and Superficial Exams<br />
Liver (AIUM and MC)<br />
Gallbladder and Biliary Tree (AIUM and MC)<br />
Pancreas (AIUM and MC)<br />
Bowel and Peritoneal Fluid (AIUM)<br />
Aorta, IVC (AIUM and MC)<br />
Urinary Tract: Kidneys, Urinary Bladder, Adrenal Glands (AIUM and<br />
MC)<br />
Spleen (AIUM and MC)<br />
Appendix (MC)<br />
Abdominal Wall (AIUM and MC)<br />
iv
FAST (AIUM and MC)<br />
Scrotum (AIUM and MC)<br />
Prostate (AIUM and MC)<br />
Thyroid, Cervical Lymph Nodes, and Parathyroid (AIUM and MC)<br />
Breast (AIUM and MC)<br />
F. Gynecology and Obstetrics<br />
Gynecology (AIUM and MC)<br />
Obstetrics (AIUM and MC)<br />
G. Musculoskeletal (AIUM)<br />
H. Neurosonography (AIUM and MC)<br />
I. Basic Vascular<br />
Extracranial Cerbrovascular System (AIUM)<br />
Peripheral Arterial (AIUM)<br />
Peripheral Venous (AIUM)<br />
XXII. Ergonomics……………………………………………………………….131<br />
XVIII. Appendices……………………………………………………………….134<br />
A. Hepatitis A & B Vaccine Notice & Status<br />
B. Remediation Plan and Outcome<br />
C. Academic Honesty Procedure<br />
D. <strong>Student</strong>’s Consent to Background Clearance & Drug Screening<br />
E. <strong>Student</strong> Acceptance Form<br />
F. Clinical Rotation Acknowledgement Form<br />
G. Clinical Orientation Forms<br />
v
Overview of the Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program<br />
The Sonography Program is a full-time, 18 month allied vocational health program. The<br />
purpose of the program is to provide didactic education and practical experience as<br />
preparation for employment as a sonographer in a medical imaging facility.<br />
The program is divided into two components: (a) didactic with laboratory, and (b) clinical<br />
education. Graduates of the program are awarded a Certificate of Achievement in<br />
Diagnostic Medical Sonography, and are eligible to sit for the SPI, ABD, and OB-GYN<br />
American Registry for Diagnostic Medical Sonography board examinations.<br />
The didactic portion of the program facilitates learning in the following areas: General<br />
Sonography: Abdomen, OB-GYN, Superficial Structures, and an introduction to vascular<br />
technology. The basic on-campus scanning procedures required are included within this<br />
handbook.<br />
Continued programmatic eligibility: the student must complete all didactic and laboratory<br />
courses sequentially in conjunction with completing the entire clinical education<br />
component.<br />
1
I. Introduction<br />
A. Welcome<br />
Welcome to the Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program! It is my pleasure, as the<br />
Director, to congratulate you on your acceptance to the program, and to wish you<br />
success in your newly chosen health career.<br />
As a student in the Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program, you represent <strong>Merced</strong><br />
<strong>College</strong> and the Diagnostic Medical Sonography program. The highest ethical and<br />
professional standards of conduct will be expected of you at all times.<br />
My responsibility is to direct and facilitate your educational experience with a final<br />
outcome: the privilege to write RDMS (Registered Diagnostic Medical Sonographer) after<br />
your name. You are responsible for learning the material (reading; studying; practicing in<br />
open lab; attending class, lab and clinic); time management, professional behavior, and<br />
enjoying every aspect of personal development in this exciting career.<br />
The program requires 18 consecutive months as a full-time student to complete. The<br />
Sonography Program is rigorous and fast-paced. The curriculum consists of lecture,<br />
collaboration, laboratory, library research, homework, individual and group projects,<br />
diagnostic-quality sonographic image creation, portfolio creation, and practical clinical<br />
experience. Professorially directed laboratory sections are held on campus in the<br />
Sonography Scanning Suite by means of hands-on live scanning, and simulation<br />
scanning.<br />
Clinical practicum consists of four (4) rotations at our affiliated hospitals and clinics under<br />
the guidance and direction of credentialed sonographers, hospital/clinical managers, and<br />
board certified Radiologists/Sonologists. The clinical component requires 100% clinical<br />
attendance. Success in the clinical arena requires excellent patient care and<br />
communication skills, your ability to function as a team member, sonographic<br />
performance, and professional interaction with our clinical personnel. Your total<br />
commitment to the program is a major component to your successful completion of the<br />
program and becoming an erudite sonographer. The secret to success in the clinical<br />
arena: remember the clinical experience is a full-time interview.<br />
B. Purpose of <strong>Handbook</strong><br />
This handbook is designed to serve as an informational guide to assist in the orientation<br />
of new students and to clarify policies and procedures governing your actions and<br />
practices while a student in the program. This handbook is designed to be utilized as a<br />
supplement to the <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> Catalog and the Clinical Competency <strong>Handbook</strong>. It is<br />
expected that the students will be familiar with the following information. <strong>Student</strong>s are<br />
expected to comply with the policies and procedures contained within this handbook<br />
throughout their educational experience.<br />
Whenever possible, data from the Society of Diagnostic Medical Sonography (SDMS),<br />
the American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine (AIUM), the American Registry for<br />
Diagnostic Medical Sonography (ARDMS), and the American Registry of Radiologic<br />
Technologists (ARRT) has been included. Document inclusion consists of data<br />
approved for reprinting or includes reference documentation.<br />
The DMS student is encouraged to read this document carefully, and to place in an<br />
accessible location. This document will serve as your primary programmatic reference<br />
2
tool throughout your educational experience. Please contact the program director for<br />
clarification or additional information.<br />
C. <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> Philosophy<br />
A democratic society functions best when its members are educated and active<br />
participants. To encourage this participation, <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> provides education<br />
opportunity for all who qualify and can benefit. This education involves having a respect<br />
for, and awareness of, all cultures, as well as the dignity and worth of all individuals.<br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> is dedicated to the pursuit of excellence. The leadership and educational<br />
services provided by the <strong>College</strong> reflect and enhance the cultural, economic, and social<br />
life of the community and respond to its changing needs and interests. Recognizing that<br />
learning is a life-long process, the <strong>College</strong> provides preparation for a complex and<br />
changing society while maintaining high academic standards. The <strong>College</strong> also fosters<br />
individual learning and critical thinking to enhance awareness of the inter-relationship and<br />
inter-dependence of all persons.<br />
Mission Statement<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s are our focus and we are known by their success.<br />
Vision Statement<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s are our focus at <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>. We set high standards to encourage students<br />
to reach their highest potential in a supportive environment. Diversity is a strength of our<br />
institution. <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> is a leader in instruction and cultural activities. We value and<br />
respect all members of our community. We are known by the success of our students.<br />
Core Values and Beliefs<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s, both current and potential, are the focus of <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> establishes high standards and provides a challenging education<br />
to encourage students to reach their highest potential.<br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> respects and values all members of its community.<br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> serves the community by responding to the cultural, educational,<br />
technological, and economic development challenges.<br />
Fostering and maintaining diversity is a strength of the institution.<br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> provides a nurturing and joyful environment.<br />
D. Sonography Program Philosophy<br />
We believe that all people have the right to safe and competent medical care. We further<br />
believe that students have a right and a responsibility to learn and faculty have an<br />
obligation to ensure a curriculum that prepares students to practice in the professional<br />
discipline. To ensure this outcome, we provide an educational training program<br />
dedicated to the pursuit of excellence.<br />
Mission<br />
The mission of the Sonography Program is to provide relevant education in the cognitive,<br />
psychomotor, and affective learning domains to prepare competent, and responsible<br />
entry-level general, or cardiac, sonographers, with a commitment to life-long learning.<br />
Goals<br />
In support of this Mission, the Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program:<br />
will uphold standards for satisfactory educational preparation for entry-level work<br />
experience<br />
will provide a curriculum which<br />
o supports and assesses the knowledge and skills required to intelligently<br />
3
perform entry-level tasks to practice the profession;<br />
will encourage students to develop<br />
o effective communication skills<br />
o critical thinking and problem solving skills<br />
o commitment to life-long professional learning<br />
will advocate and expect ethical and compassionate treatment of patients.<br />
SLOs (<strong>Student</strong> Learning Outcomes)<br />
Upon completion of the Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program, students will be able<br />
to:<br />
1. Describe the acoustic parameters of sound waves<br />
2. Relate accurate medical terminology<br />
3. Prioritize patient transfer, immobilization techniques, and safety precautions<br />
4. Recommend methods to assure patient privacy<br />
5. Recognize patient clinical history, which may impact the sonographic exam<br />
6. Design individualized patient assessment plans<br />
7. Calculate geometric mesasurements of anatomic structures<br />
8. Evaluate sonographic images for optimal acoustic resolution<br />
9. Select the appropriate sonographic instrumentation, while maintaining ALARA<br />
10. Correlate clinical indications and laboratory values<br />
11. Create diagnostic sonographic exams using recognized scanning parameters<br />
12. Evaluate anatomic structures on sonographic images<br />
13. Assess sonographic images for specific pathologies<br />
14. Describe sonographic pathologies and sequelae relative to specific diseases<br />
15. Differentiate normal and abnormal sonographic appearances<br />
16. Select correct ergonomic devices and techniques<br />
17. Compile effective data acquisition for submission to the interpreting physician<br />
18. Describe the importance for sonographic quality assurance programs<br />
19. Compare and contrast emerging sonographic techniques<br />
20. Analyze academic strengths and weaknesses to determine corrective measures<br />
required to successfully pass a pre-registry written examination<br />
21. Evaluate prospective employment opportunities<br />
22. Formulate a personal vocational plan<br />
4
E. Objectives<br />
The Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program faculty believe that the philosophy of the<br />
program can be fulfilled through providing a curriculum that encompasses all the areas<br />
required to prepare students to practice in the professional discipline. Since sonography<br />
is a practice discipline, the objectives will reflect what areas a graduate sonographer will<br />
be competent. The objectives reflect those areas included in the curriculum content as<br />
stated in the Standards and Guidelines for Diagnostic Medical Sonography from the<br />
Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP) in<br />
conjunction with the Joint Review Committee on Education in Diagnostic Medical<br />
Sonography (JRCDMS). At the completion of the Program, the student will be prepared<br />
to practice in the professional discipline because, at a minimum, they are competent in<br />
the following areas:<br />
1. Oral and written communication<br />
2. Provide basic patient care and comfort<br />
3. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of human gross anatomy and<br />
sectional anatomy<br />
4. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of physiology, pathology, and<br />
pathophysiology<br />
5. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of acoustic physics, Doppler<br />
ultrasound principles, and ultrasound instrumentation<br />
6. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the interaction between<br />
ultrasound and tissue and the probability of biological effects in clinical<br />
examinations including:<br />
a. Biologic effects<br />
b. Pertinent in-vitro and in-vivo studies<br />
c. Exposure display indices<br />
d. Generally accepted maximum safe exposure levels<br />
e. ALARA principle<br />
7. Employ professional judgment and discretion<br />
8. Understand the fundamental elements for implementing a quality assurance and<br />
Improvement program, and the policies, procedures for the general function of<br />
the ultrasound laboratory, including<br />
a. Administrative procedures<br />
b. Quality control procedures<br />
c. Elements of quality assurance program<br />
d. Records maintenance<br />
e. Personnel and fiscal management<br />
f. Trends in health care systems<br />
9. Recognize the importance of continuing education<br />
10. Recognize the importance of, and employ, ergonomically correct scanning<br />
Techniques<br />
11. Demonstrate the ability to perform sonographic examinations of the abdomen,<br />
superficial structures, non-cardiac chest, and the gravid and nongravid pelvis<br />
according to protocol guidelines established by national professional<br />
organizations and the protocol of the employing institution utilizing real-time<br />
equipment with both transabdominal and endocavitary transducers, and Doppler<br />
display modes.<br />
5
II.<br />
Accreditation<br />
A. <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> is approved by the Chancellor of the California Community<br />
<strong>College</strong>s and Accrediting Commission for Community and Junior <strong>College</strong>s,<br />
Western Association of Schools and <strong>College</strong>s (ACCJC-WASCO). It meets all<br />
standards of the California State Department of Education and is listed in the<br />
Education Directory, Higher Education, published by the United States Office of<br />
Education. The University of California and other colleges and universities of<br />
high rank give full credit for appropriate courses completed at <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />
B. Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program<br />
The Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program, which leads to eligibility to write<br />
the SPI, AB, and OB-GYN sonography examinations by the American Registry<br />
for Diagnostic Medical Sonography (ARDMS). The General Sonography Track is<br />
accredited by the Joint Review Committee on Education in Diagnostic Medical<br />
Sonography (*JRC-DMS) in conjunction with the Commission on Accreditation of<br />
Allied Health Education Programs (**CAAHEP.)<br />
*JRC-DMS: Joint Review Committee on Education in Diagnostic Medical<br />
Sonography, 6021 University Boulevard, Suite 500, Ellicott City, MD<br />
21043; www.jrcdms.org<br />
**CAAHEP: Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education<br />
Programs, 1361 Park Street, Clearwater, FL 33756; www.caahep.org<br />
III.<br />
Attendance<br />
A. Enrollment<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s must be enrolled in all SONO classes by the first day of the<br />
semester/session to attend class or a clinic assignment. In particular, a student<br />
may not start a clinic assignment without being officially enrolled in that specific<br />
course as the student would not be covered by malpractice insurance. Any<br />
missed clinical time due to non-enrollment will have to be made up according to<br />
the make-up policy.<br />
B. Attendance<br />
Regular attendance and consistent study are the two factors which contribute<br />
most to success in college. Due to the rigor and accelerated aspect of the<br />
Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program, DMS students are expected to attend<br />
all course lectures, laboratories, and clinical hours.<br />
The only excused absence is for illness of the student or death in the immediate<br />
family. A student may be dropped from the program for more than three days of<br />
un-excused absences. After 3 days of consecutive absences from class and/or<br />
clinic, either a doctor’s excuse or proof of death of an immediate family member<br />
will be required to be submitted to the instructor(s) of record. If a student is<br />
dropped from lecture class, they will be dropped from the corresponding clinical<br />
practice and vice versa, and from the DMS program.<br />
Absence in no way relieves the student's responsibility for material or hours<br />
missed in class and/or clinic. Arrangements must be made with the instructor of<br />
6
ecord for any lecture/lab classes missed and/or the Clinical Preceptor for any<br />
clinical education missed for "make-up" time.<br />
The student must notify their instructor of an absence before the scheduled class<br />
time by calling their instructor directly, or call the Allied Health Office<br />
(209.384.6309) and ask the AH secretary to convey the students’ absence to the<br />
appropriate instructor(s). The student must notify the <strong>College</strong> AND the Clinical<br />
Preceptor and/or Department Manager of an absence one-half hour before the<br />
scheduled clinical assignment. Take note of whom you speak with and the time,<br />
in the event that the message is not properly conveyed. Following the absence,<br />
the student will submit an email to the DMS program director addressing the<br />
date(s) of the absence, reason for the absence, and a statement addressing the<br />
mechanism by which the clinical hours will be made up. All missed hours must<br />
be completed during that particular rotation; students cannot accrue more than<br />
40 hours of combined didactic and clinical experience in one week. This<br />
document will become part of your personal file. Bear in mind that the program<br />
director keeps track of your programmatic hours.<br />
Prolonged illness or injury requiring absence from the clinic warrants a doctor's<br />
release to return to the clinic. The student is required to complete all clinical<br />
hours assigned to that particular clinical education course. This is necessary<br />
because a student's presence is critical for successful performance and<br />
application of knowledge, and a requirement for board examination.<br />
After the first week of any lecture/lab course, students who arrive late or leave<br />
class early will be regarded as tardy. <strong>Student</strong>s who are late or leave clinic early<br />
will deduct the time missed from the day's hourly total. Habitual tardiness will not<br />
be tolerated and can be cause for dismissal.<br />
Failure to attend a laboratory practical examination will result in an automatic<br />
zero for that examination. <strong>Student</strong>s are permitted one “redo” practical<br />
examination per term. Both scores will be averaged for the final grade.<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s are advised to schedule medical, dental, and other appointments<br />
outside clinical and/or classroom hours to avoid a penalty.<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s with children are advised to have contingency arrangements made for<br />
child-care in case of illness or other unforeseen circumstances. <strong>Student</strong>s with<br />
children are not allowed to bring their sick children to class. For clarification:<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s may not bring children to class.<br />
C. Excessive Absences or Tardiness<br />
Excessive absences in school or clinic will not be tolerated. <strong>Student</strong>s are<br />
required to be punctual for both didactic and clinical training. A student will be<br />
issued a Remediation Plan if either the clinical personnel or faculty feel that<br />
actions should be taken to address this issue<br />
1. <strong>Student</strong>s who are late reporting to their clinical site will be warned once<br />
verbally. The second time they are tardy to the clinical site the student must<br />
call and leave a message with the program secretary. The third time the<br />
student is put on probation, and this may lead to program dismissal. Some<br />
clinical sites have a zero tolerance for tardiness and absenteeism.<br />
2. <strong>Student</strong>s are expected to be in the classroom before the start of class.<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s who are more than ten minutes late for class may be asked to<br />
leave. Homework assignments will be considered late after the start of a<br />
particular class session and will not be recognized.<br />
3. Quizzes or exams are not lengthened for students who are tardy.<br />
7
D. Holidays<br />
All students, including interns, will follow the approved <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> Calendar<br />
concerning legal holidays, flex days, and spring break for classroom and clinical<br />
education. As such, students are not required to attend clinic on legal holidays,<br />
breaks or flex days recognized by the <strong>College</strong>. However, all required clinical<br />
hours must be completed.<br />
E. Vacation<br />
As an internship is not part of this course of study, students will not be provided<br />
with clinical vacation days. Vacations should be scheduled only during times<br />
when classes, including clinical, are not in session.<br />
F. Professional Development<br />
With prior <strong>College</strong> approval by the Program Director or Clinical Coordinator,<br />
students may be granted time off from their clinical assignment to attend<br />
professionally related seminars or workshops. Attendance shall be officially<br />
documented and submitted to the program director upon return to class. These<br />
professional development hours will be applied to any missed clinical hours. All<br />
assigned clinical hours must be completed prior to the end of the semester.<br />
G. Sick Leave<br />
As this program does not have an internship, students do not accrue clinical sick days.<br />
All hours used for sick leave must be made up according to the policy on making up time.<br />
H. Funeral Leave<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s will be granted excused funeral leave when appropriate. Requests should be<br />
submitted to the Program Director and Coordinator by phone or email and followed up<br />
with an absence form. Excused leave will be provided for spouse, parent, child,<br />
grandparent, and siblings. As a general rule, two days are allowed. All clinical hours<br />
must be made up prior to the end of that term.<br />
I. Jury Duty<br />
Jury duty is a civic obligation, and it is an individual’s responsibility to serve when<br />
summoned. However, students called to serve should work with officials to defer service<br />
until graduation, whenever possible. Absence from class or clinic due to jury duty<br />
requires written verification from the court.<br />
• <strong>Student</strong>s should report summons to the program director as soon as possible.<br />
• Program faculty will inform the student of the academic material that needs to be<br />
covered and completed. All lab practicals must be successfully completed prior<br />
to the end of the semester.<br />
• Clinical time missed must be coordinated with the Program Director and the<br />
Clinical Proctor, and made up prior to the end of the semester.<br />
J. Makeup Time<br />
Makeup time may be completed before or following a leave, with all time being made up<br />
during the current semester. Special consideration for clinical hours may be required for<br />
situations such as jury duty. If all of the clinical hours have not been made up by the end<br />
of the semester, an Incomplete Grade will be assigned (refer to the section on Incomplete<br />
Grades).<br />
Makeup hours will be accrued during non-scheduled times through PRIOR arrangement<br />
with the affiliate's Clinical Preceptor and the <strong>College</strong>'s Clinical Coordinator to insure<br />
adequate supervision during makeup time.<br />
8
When making up time, no student may work more than a combined forty hour work week,<br />
to include clinic and class hours.<br />
K. Completion of Clinical Hours<br />
To ensure that all clinical responsibilities are completed in a timely manner, once the<br />
Clinical Preceptor is confident that the student has or will fulfill all their clinical hours the<br />
Clinical Preceptor must sign-off in the appropriate place in the students’ Clinical<br />
Competency <strong>Handbook</strong>. <strong>Student</strong>s are not to leave the clinical affiliation early. If this<br />
happens, those hours will not be included in that day’s tally, and the hours must be made<br />
up prior to the end of that term. One thousand, seven hundred, ten (1710) clinical hours<br />
are required to complete the DMS program at <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> as per our CAAHEP/JRC-<br />
DMS programmatic accreditation.<br />
IV.<br />
Scholarship Criteria & Information<br />
A. Grade Computation<br />
A minimum of a "C" grade must be maintained in each Sonography course. The<br />
percentage value of the alphabetical grading in all Sonography courses are as follows:<br />
A 93-100% Excellent<br />
B 84-92% Good<br />
C 75-83% Satisfactory<br />
D* 68-74% Failing<br />
F* 6-67% Failing<br />
*Transcripts will report grades of D and F. Continuation in the DMS program will cease<br />
when either of these grades are earned.<br />
Each instructor will advise the student how she or he evaluates or weighs the graded<br />
components of her/his particular courses. This will be addressed in the course syllabus.<br />
Laboratory Practical Examination<br />
Each course with a laboratory component will include two or more lab practical<br />
Examinations. Laboratory Practical examinations must earn 80% or higher to pass.<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s who fail one practical will be eligible to repeat that one scanning examination at<br />
the end of the term. As scanning skills are an essential function for Sonography student,<br />
students who fail two practical examinations will fail the course.<br />
Note: Clinical competency assessments are not laboratory practical examinations<br />
9
Clinical Competencies<br />
Initial and Final clinical competencies are earned at the clinical affiliation. <strong>Student</strong>s<br />
will earn initial competencies by passing a 10-point assessment with ten points.<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s are eligible for assessment after scanning at least three examinations at<br />
the clinical affiliation. Generally, an initial competency is carried forward to the<br />
following clinical rotation; however, the clinical preceptor has the right/obligation to<br />
determine the student’s competency at his/her affiliation and may require a second<br />
initial competency.<br />
Final competencies are earned during the fourth clinical rotation. Final<br />
competencies are earned only with a passed initial competency. Final<br />
competencies are detailed. <strong>Student</strong>s will pass a final competency when they earn<br />
80% on the assessment.<br />
Initial and Final competencies are limited. <strong>Student</strong>s may attempt an initial<br />
competency at one location no more than three times. On the third (failed) attempt<br />
the clinical preceptor will submit the assessment tool to the DMS Program Director<br />
who will meet with the student to determine an intervention. <strong>Student</strong>s who fail a<br />
final exam are eligible to repeat a second time. Should the second attempt result<br />
in a failure, the clinical preceptor will notify the Program Director. The PD will<br />
schedule additional on-campus scanning time. All final competency scores will be<br />
averaged and included into the term grade.<br />
STUDENTS WHO ARE DROPPED or WITHDRAW DUE TO<br />
UNSAFE CLINICAL PRACTICE WILL NOT BE READMITTED.<br />
Clinical Case Study Presentations<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s, during the completion of the DMS program, will be responsible for<br />
writing clinical case studies. Specifics will be addressed in the course syllabus.<br />
In some cases, presentation to the clinical staff will be required, some<br />
presentations will be given in the DMS course on campus to the student’s peers<br />
and professor, and in some events both of these scenarios will take place.<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s are to schedule clinical presentations with their clinical preceptor at<br />
least two weeks in advance of the presentation. The on campus schedule will be<br />
coordinated by the instructor of record. Grading rubrics will be provided for both<br />
presentations. <strong>Student</strong>s who miss either presentation will earn a score of zero.<br />
These presentations are not eligible for make-up.<br />
B. Scholarship and Promotion<br />
To remain enrolled and advance in the Sonography Program the student must<br />
maintain a grade of "C" or higher in all ultrasound courses and maintain an<br />
overall G.P.A. of "C" (2.35).<br />
It is the student’s responsibility to be aware of his or her academic progress<br />
throughout each semester.<br />
Each instructor has weekly scheduled office hours for the sole purpose of<br />
meeting with a student privately to discuss any issues or concerns that the<br />
11
student might have. It is the student’s responsibility to come in and set up an<br />
appointment to meet with the instructor.<br />
C. Class Drops<br />
Classes dropped in a regular semester within the first 3 weeks will not be shown<br />
on the student's permanent record. For classes dropped beginning with the 4th<br />
week and prior to the end of the 14th week of a regular semester, a "W" grade<br />
will be recorded on the student's permanent record.<br />
Classes dropped after the 14th week of a regular semester will receive a letter<br />
grade (not a "W").<br />
In courses other than semester-length, consult the instructor or Guidance Center<br />
regarding class drop date deadlines.<br />
As the sequencing of the course material will be eliminated, students who drop a<br />
course are not eligible to continue in the program.<br />
D. Incomplete Grades ("I")<br />
An incomplete grade may be granted for an unforeseeable emergency or<br />
justifiable reason at the end of a term, and only when the student has maintained<br />
a satisfactory performance prior to the request for the "I.”<br />
Conditions for removal of the "I" and a grade to be assigned after one semester<br />
in the event the conditions for removal are not completed by the student will be<br />
submitted to the Program Director for final approval, following a joint<br />
faculty/student petition. The "I" must be satisfactorily completed prior to the<br />
conclusion of the next semester/session for continued enrollment in the DMS<br />
Program.<br />
If the conditions are completed within the one semester allowed, a final grade will<br />
be assigned when the work is evaluated. An "I" may not be assigned as a<br />
withdrawal grade.<br />
E. Unsatisfactory Progress - Probation<br />
A conference will be held for failure(s) to transfer classroom knowledge to clinical<br />
training; failure(s) to adhere to clinical, college or program policy; or failure(s) to<br />
follow generally accepted rules of personal cleanliness, professional ethics and<br />
conduct, academic failure, and for failure to demonstrate knowledge, skill and<br />
judgment at the expected level. The issuing instructor will confer with the student<br />
and discuss the reasons for, and means of, correcting the cause for the<br />
conference.<br />
A remediation plan will be drawn up for discussing and documenting the cause of<br />
the DMS Departmental Probation, the terms of the probation and the length of<br />
time identified for improvement and reevaluation. The student will receive a copy<br />
and the original will be placed in her/his personal file. The situation will be<br />
discussed between the instructor, student and with the DMS Program Director,<br />
12
as necessary. The final decision for student dismissal will be made by the DMS<br />
Program Director after consultation with the area Dean.<br />
F. Suspension<br />
A situation may arise that may require immediate and effective discipline, when an<br />
extremely serious infraction of rules has occurred. When this situation develops, the<br />
student will be suspended from the clinical setting pending a full investigation of the<br />
situation. An example of actions that may lead to immediate suspension and possible<br />
dismissal may include the following:<br />
1. Under the influence of drugs or alcohol while on duty<br />
2. Physical abuse to a patient, visitor or other personnel<br />
3. Petty theft<br />
4. Sexual misconduct<br />
5. Unsafe clinical practice<br />
6. Breach of confidentiality (HIPAA)<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s dismissed for any of the above acts will not be eligible to reapply to the<br />
program.<br />
13
F. Academic Dishonesty<br />
If the instructor has reason to believe a student has committed an act of lying,<br />
cheating or plagiarism which can be documented, the student will be counseled<br />
and an Allied Health Advisement form will be completed and permanently placed<br />
in the student's personal file.<br />
If the incident involves cheating on an exam or paper, no credit will be given,<br />
neither may the assignment be repeated. For more information, please refer to<br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> “Academic Honesty Procedure” located at the Guidance<br />
Division, <strong>Student</strong> Activities Office.<br />
A repeat act of academic dishonesty may be cause for immediate dismissal from<br />
the program. <strong>Student</strong>s dismissed for academic dishonesty will not be eligible to<br />
reapply to the program.<br />
G. Conduct<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s should conduct themselves in a professional and ethical manner at all<br />
times. No profanity in patient care areas or in the classroom is tolerated.<br />
Insubordination or dishonesty are grounds for immediate dismissal from the<br />
program.<br />
H. Nonacademic Counseling<br />
For nonacademic problems, the student will be referred to the appropriate<br />
services on or off campus for assistance.<br />
I. Re-Admission<br />
Any student who withdraws or who is dropped from the Ultrasound Program due<br />
to academic weakness will NOT be allowed re-admission into the Ultrasound<br />
Program.<br />
K. Pinning Ceremony & Receipt of Certificate of Achievement<br />
A Certificate of Achievement will be awarded at the traditional Diagnostic Medical<br />
Sonography Certification and Pinning Ceremony to all students who have<br />
successfully completed the entire program. <strong>Student</strong>s are encourage and<br />
expected to attend the pinning ceremony. The program director is responsible for<br />
the content of the ceremony; however, the planning of the Certification and<br />
Pinning Ceremony is the responsibility of each individual class. This includes<br />
determining the number of guests each student may invite. <strong>Student</strong>s may submit<br />
specific requests regarding speakers, music, food, etc. A faculty member will be<br />
appointed to assist with the preparations. Participation in the annual<br />
commencement ceremonies is restricted to students who have completed all<br />
requirements and obligations for programmatic completion.<br />
M. Job Placement<br />
Upon graduation, please inform the DMS Program Director of your job status.<br />
This information is critical to accurately reflect program statistics. A guarantee of<br />
job placement is not applicable, but we are happy to refer graduates and<br />
potential employers to each other. Please assist future graduates by informing<br />
the DMS staff of openings within your department once you've entered the work<br />
force.<br />
17
N. ARDMS Sanctions<br />
Go to the following link if you have a prior criminal history.<br />
http://www.ardms.org/apply/discipline_ada_appeal_process_information/preapplication_criminal<br />
ARDMS Pre-Application: Criminal<br />
ARDMS rules indicate that ARDMS may take action against an applicant,<br />
candidate, or Registrant in the case of conviction, plea of guilty or plea of nolo<br />
contendere to any crime. If you are presently charged with, or been convicted or<br />
found guilty of or plead nolo contendere to any crime (felony and/or<br />
misdemeanor), other than a speeding or parking violation, you may have<br />
questions concerning this rule and may wish to obtain clarification as to how it<br />
pertains to your circumstances.<br />
ARDMS conducts a "pre-application review", for a $125 non-refundable fee, for<br />
individuals who wish to determine the impact of a previous criminal matter on<br />
their eligibility to apply for ARDMS certification. The pre-application review<br />
process is recommended for individuals who have not yet applied for<br />
examination and are contemplating employment in the field of sonography and/or<br />
enrollment in a sonography program. Individuals who have already completed a<br />
program and are ready to apply to the ARDMS for examination should simply<br />
respond to the questions on the ARDMS examination application relating to<br />
criminal matters and provide the requested documentation regarding such<br />
matter(s).<br />
For purposes of the ARDMS application process “crimes” may include, but<br />
are not limited to, rape, sexual abuse; violence or threat of violence; driving<br />
while intoxicated (e.g. alcohol and drug related driving offenses); the<br />
unlawful sale, use or distribution of controlled substances; and use or<br />
distribution of fraudulent medical records, prescription blanks or health<br />
insurance claims.<br />
Please note that the pre-application review procedure is available only for<br />
criminal matters, not other issues of eligibility.<br />
O. National Examination<br />
Eligibility to write the national examination (ARDMS) requires completion of all<br />
program requirements. Each application is assessed individually by the ARDMS.<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s will be eligible to write the ARDMS SPI exam following successful<br />
completion of both Physics courses. Although each student is encouraged to<br />
apply for the SPI registry examination during week one of the final fall semester<br />
and to sit for the exam ASAP thereafter, this is not a mandatory portion of the<br />
DMS program. The ARDMS examinations incur costs, which are the<br />
responsibility of the student. The SPI exam must be passed along with at least<br />
one organ specific ARDMS examination to hold the title of Registered Diagnostic<br />
Medical Sonographer. Completion of the SPI exam will allow you to focus<br />
specifically on the abdomen and OB-GYN content at the completion of the<br />
program. Many hospitals/clinics will not hire sonographers unless they possess<br />
full ARDMS credentials. ARDMS credentials do not equate as a state license to<br />
practice Sonography.<br />
18
Graduates who wish to work in the states of New Mexico or Oregon must have<br />
ARDMS to obtain those states’ licensure. Montana is currently seeking licensure<br />
requirements.<br />
Go to www.ardms.org to review the requirements to sit for the board exams.<br />
1. Advanced Item Type Questions<br />
Go to:<br />
www.ardms.org/prepare_for_an_examination/advnaceditemtypequestion<br />
s<br />
Effective December 2012 some examinations feature new types of<br />
questions called Advanced Item Types (AIT). These questions assess a<br />
candidate in formats similar to actual scanning practice, and provide a<br />
better measure of practical skills. By reviewing the additional links at the<br />
above website, you will be better prepared to take the ARDMS SPI<br />
examination during your final semester on campus.<br />
2. Prerequisites for ARDMS examinations:<br />
http://www.ardms.org/files/downloads/Prerequisite_Chart.pdf<br />
A. SPI<br />
Successful completion of sonographic physics course<br />
requirements with grade of C or better<br />
Currently enrolled in a course of DMS study<br />
Transcripts reflecting the course and grade<br />
Photocopy of a non-expired government issued photo ID<br />
with signature; the names must match identically<br />
B. ABD; OB-GYN: Apply under prerequisite #2<br />
Graduate of a program accredited by CAAHEP<br />
Copy of diploma from the program or an official<br />
transcript with the date of conferred degree<br />
Original letter signed by the program director indicating<br />
date of successful completion<br />
CV is not required if application is submitted and<br />
received in the ARDMS office within one year of<br />
programmatic completion<br />
Photocopy of non-expired government issued photo ID<br />
with signature…names must match identically<br />
3. New ARDMS Testing Center Update:<br />
At the test center, you must present two current, valid signature IDs,<br />
one of which must be a non-expired government-issued photo ID<br />
with your signature; see the accepted list of IDs here.<br />
The name on this application must EXACTLY MATCH the name on<br />
both current, valid signature IDs.<br />
Jane R. Doe and Jane Rachel Doe DO NOT EXACTLY MATCH.<br />
Failure to present two acceptable IDs will prevent your admission to<br />
the test center. If this happens, you will be marked absent and you<br />
will forfeit the entire examination fee and seat.<br />
If the names do not EXACTLY MATCH, update your ARDMS name<br />
of record.<br />
19
A candidate is NOT ALLOWED to leave the testing center to obtain<br />
their ID’s, and the candidate is NOT ALLOWED to have someone<br />
bring them their ID’s while they wait at the testing center.<br />
V. <strong>Student</strong> Rights and Grievances (Administrative Procedure 5530)<br />
A. District <strong>Student</strong> Rights and Grievances Procedure<br />
When a student feels subjected to unfair action or denied rights as stipulated in<br />
published <strong>College</strong> regulations, policies, or procedures, redress can be sought<br />
according to the grievance procedure.<br />
This procedure is referenced in the college catalog, under the <strong>College</strong> Policies,<br />
Regulations and Procedure section. Copies of <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>’s current <strong>Student</strong><br />
Rights and Grievances Procedure can be found in the classroom (AHC-148) or<br />
can be pick-up in the Administration Building - <strong>Student</strong> Personnel Services<br />
Office.<br />
B. General Statement Regarding Clinical Setting<br />
Actions which are taken against students in the clinical setting may result in a<br />
request from affiliate representatives that a student be removed from the affiliate<br />
in accordance with our affiliation agreement with that particular facility. In such a<br />
case, the sonography program faculty (Program Director and/or Clinical<br />
Coordinator) request prior notification.<br />
There may be cases of other disciplinary actions or situations that do not involve<br />
student removal, as such the procedure for appeal is as follows:<br />
1. <strong>Student</strong> presents the action being appealed to the Clinical Coordinator<br />
within ten (10) working days of action or situation.<br />
2. The Clinical Coordinator reviews the appeal and contacts the Clinical<br />
Instructor of the student’s assigned clinical facility for further information,<br />
clarification, and/or resolution of the incident. The Clinical Coordinator<br />
then provides the student and Program Director a written answer within<br />
ten (10) working days of the receipt of the appeal.<br />
3. The student may request that the Clinical Coordinator refer the appeal to<br />
the Program Director. The Program Director reviews the appeal and may<br />
contact the Clinical Preceptor and/or Department Manager to discuss the<br />
manner further. The Program Director then provides the student a written<br />
answer within ten (10) working days of the receipt of the appeal.<br />
4. If the student wishes to appeal the Program Director’s decision, he or<br />
she may request a meeting with the Area Dean of Instruction for the<br />
Allied Health Division. The Area Dean of Instruction will provide the<br />
student with a written answer within ten (10) working days of the receipt<br />
of the appeal. The Area Dean of Instruction’s decision is final.<br />
20
VI.<br />
Records<br />
A. <strong>Student</strong> Records<br />
A master file will be started when the student applies for admission and will<br />
contain the application, standardized test scores, transcripts and other data<br />
required for evaluation for admission.<br />
At the completion of the program all official information (copy of transcripts,<br />
records of clinical performance, radiation exposure record and record of program<br />
completion, etc.) will remain on file. Permanent transcripts will be maintained by<br />
the Office of Admissions. All other information will be destroyed.<br />
If a student withdraws prior to graduation, a summary statement of the student's<br />
progress and reason for withdrawal will be placed on file.<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s may inspect their master file anytime under the direct supervision of a<br />
faculty member.<br />
All student records are confidential and information from them will only be given<br />
to authorized persons. Data such as grades, Registry and State Board<br />
Examination scores, health records and performance evaluations may not be<br />
revealed without a student's written consent.<br />
Only personnel authorized by the Program Director will have access to student<br />
records and this will be used only for student evaluation and progress within the<br />
program.<br />
B. Patient Records<br />
Patient records may be used only for providing patient care. They may not be<br />
removed from the department. Information acquired from patient records is<br />
confidential. For classroom purposes, discarded or copied radiographs,<br />
sonograms, CT scans, etc.; any reports must have all patient identification<br />
removed.<br />
VII.<br />
Financial Expenditures<br />
Legal residents of the State of California are required to pay nominal fees. In addition,<br />
students may expect other miscellaneous fees and expenses during the length of the<br />
program. (Non-Resident tuition fee: $173 per unit, plus enrollment fee)<br />
http://www.mccd.edu/alliedhealth/SONO/sonohp.htm<br />
A. Fees - (estimates only)<br />
Enrollment Fee (entire program) 3266.00<br />
Contact Admissions and Records for details.<br />
Fees subject to change as per the State Legislature<br />
<strong>Student</strong> Body Fee 50.00<br />
Health Fee (entire program) 79.00<br />
Parking (optional; regular semester $20 x 3; summer $10 x 2) 80.00<br />
21
B. Additional Expenses - (estimates only)<br />
Program Pin (optional) 53.00<br />
Books (entire program) 1500.00<br />
CPR Certification 50.00<br />
Physical & Immunizations 200.00<br />
Uniforms (entire program) 180.00<br />
Background Clearance (criminal/financial/social security trace) 65.00<br />
Drug Screening 35.00<br />
C. Licensing<br />
ARDMS SPI (Physics) $200.00<br />
ARDMS OB-GYN $250.00<br />
ARDMS Abdomen $250.00<br />
D. Books<br />
Fees are subject to change at any time<br />
Total $6258.00<br />
The DMS program recognizes that ultrasound textbooks are expensive, as such;<br />
the program does its best to minimize this cost. Books are selected, not just for<br />
the course in which they are required, but for other programmatic courses and for<br />
study during the first years of the student’s ultrasound career. The campus<br />
bookstore carries all the required textbooks. <strong>Student</strong>s are expected to purchase<br />
these books prior to the start of classes and to read all assignments.<br />
E. Drop/Withdrawal Refunds<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s withdrawing from courses within the first two weeks of class meetings<br />
may apply for a full refund of all fees except International <strong>Student</strong> Insurance,<br />
Audit, Credit by Exam, ID Card, or other fees not listed on the typical registration<br />
form for classes in the credit mode.<br />
Most of the textbooks purchased in the first semester will be utilized throughout<br />
the duration of the program. The remaining textbooks will be used as often as<br />
possible, but will serve you well when preparing for your board examinations.<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s may not be permitted to attend classes and/or clinic until all registration<br />
fees are paid in full.<br />
Nonresident students are required by state law to pay nonresident tuition.<br />
Consult the <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> catalog for current fees.<br />
VIII. General Policies<br />
A. Changes in Personal Data<br />
Notify the Allied Health Secretaries, Program Director and the Admission &<br />
Records Office if there is a change of your name, address, telephone number,<br />
family doctor, or change of person(s) to notify in case of an emergency. Use the<br />
22
appropriate form, for reporting these changes. The form can be found in the form<br />
rack located in the classroom.<br />
B. CPR Requirement<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s must be CPR certified through the American Heart Association: BLS for<br />
Health Care Providers or its equivalent (must include a hands-on component). It<br />
is the student’s responsibility to maintain current certification. NO on-line CPR<br />
courses only or American Red Cross courses are acceptable. Online CPR<br />
courses with a lab are acceptable. Do not anticipate, nor request that your<br />
clinical affiliation will pay or sponsor your CPR course. Notify the ALH Secretary<br />
with a copy of recertification documentation.<br />
C. Employment<br />
Due to the concentrated and intensified nature of the Diagnostic Medical<br />
Sonography Program, full-time employment is not recommended. If a student<br />
must accept employment while enrolled in the program, this implies that the<br />
student will NOT:<br />
1. Function under the job description of a Sonographer, or Ultrasound<br />
Technologist<br />
2. Use the abbreviation “RDMS” after their name of any purpose; neither<br />
refer to himself/herself as an ultrasound technologist unless they were<br />
employed as an ultrasound technologist prior to admission to the DMS<br />
program.<br />
3. Accept employment hours which conflict with class/clinical time;<br />
4. Attempt to get any clinical competency sign-offs during hours of<br />
employment at a hospital or clinic<br />
5. Use his/her <strong>College</strong> I.D. badge during hours of employment<br />
The student will avoid practices in which they are substituted for regular staff to<br />
perform any sonographic examination procedures. <strong>Student</strong>s will not take the<br />
responsibility or place of qualified staff.<br />
The key point is that regardless of what the job position is called, a person that is<br />
not working in the capacity as a sonographer or student sonographer may not<br />
perform a sonographic examination. On the other hand, an individual can be<br />
employed in a hospital/imaging center in positions other than ultrasound<br />
technologist/Sonographer, i.e.: patient transporter and as such will bring in the<br />
patient and may set them up for the exam.<br />
The Program does not have any jurisdiction over what a student does outside of<br />
the program as long as they are not working outside the scope of what’s legal.<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s during off hours are not covered under the school’s insurances.<br />
D. Health<br />
A student should be in satisfactory physical and mental condition to ensure the<br />
safe and effective care of patients. If a student's physical condition or mental<br />
condition is less than satisfactory, the Program Director, Clinical Coordinator, or<br />
person of authority at the clinical affiliate has the right and responsibility to<br />
remove the student from the patient care area. Before returning to the clinical<br />
area, the student may be requested to submit a doctor's written release before a<br />
student is allowed back into the clinical area.<br />
If the student is subsequently dismissal due to academic weakness or<br />
unprofessional behavior, the student will not be allowed read-admittance.<br />
23
E. Immunizations<br />
As a student in an allied health program you have an increased risk of<br />
contracting Hepatitis A and/or B, which can lead to a very serious illness. Prior to<br />
entering the clinical aspect of your training you will be required to specify in<br />
writing your Hepatitis A/B vaccine status. It should be noted that a clinical facility<br />
has the right to refuse a student clinical assignment if the student has not been<br />
immunized–even if the student signs a waiver of liability.<br />
A Hepatitis B vaccination which can decrease your chances of contracting<br />
Hepatitis B is available through the <strong>Merced</strong> County Health Department for a fee<br />
for the three shot series. Once the three shot series has been completed, to<br />
ensure that antibodies are being produced, a follow-up Hepatitis B surface<br />
antigen test is recommended. Check your county’s Health Department for their<br />
vaccination schedule.<br />
Routine immunizations (MMR, Tdap, Polio, Varicella) must be up to date for your<br />
protection as well as the protection of patients. After 10 years, a titer is required<br />
to ensure continued immunity.<br />
Tdap is a booster to DTap Vaccine in people 11 - 64 years. Tdap can be<br />
normally given as early as 2 years after you received the Td vaccine. Tdap is not<br />
the same as DTap.<br />
Current flu shot documentation is due by November 10 th of each year or else the<br />
student must wear a facemask in clinic until documentation is provided or until<br />
the student graduates, whichever comes first. The CDC recommends the flu shot<br />
to pregnant women because the flu is more likely to cause severe illness in<br />
pregnant women than in women who are not pregnant. Additionally, it helps<br />
protect the unborn from serious illness and complication of the flu too. It is<br />
advised to get the flu shot as soon as possible so one can be protected early on<br />
in the flu season and not take the chance of catching it. Contact the Allied Health<br />
Secretary to update your immunization file.<br />
F. TB Screening & General Updates<br />
Annual TB paper screening is a mandatory condition of enrollment in the<br />
program. An annual negative PPD screening is also required, unless<br />
contraindicated.<br />
If you cannot have a skin-test or if a previous PPD has been reactive/positive or if<br />
you have been vaccinated with BCG*, an initial negative chest x-ray taken within<br />
the last six months must be completed prior to the beginning of the program.<br />
If and when you convert to a reactive/positive reaction on a PPD test, you will be<br />
required to supply an initial negative chest x-ray report. If your annual paper TB<br />
screening is questionable, you will be required to submit a negative chest x-ray<br />
report.<br />
*BCG (Bacille Calmette-Guerin) is a vaccination given to persons in countries<br />
with a high incidence of TB. It is about 50% effective, may or may not produce<br />
skin-test reactivity, and can leave a scar<br />
ALL IMMUNIZATIONS & CPR UPDATES MUST BE COMPLETED BEFORE A<br />
STUDENT CAN BEGIN A NEW CLINICAL ASSIGNMENT. Update all health<br />
and certification records with the Allied Health Secretary.<br />
24
G. Infectious Disease Control Policy<br />
Persons involved in reporting and/or evaluating an individual with an infectious<br />
disease (e.g., hepatitis, measles, acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS),<br />
aids related complex (ARC), rubella, tuberculosis, etc.) are required to respect<br />
the individual’s right to privacy and must maintain appropriately strict<br />
confidentiality regarding the person's identity and the nature of his or her illness.<br />
The determination of whether or not under what conditions an individual who has<br />
been diagnosed with an infectious disease will be permitted to participate in<br />
campus activities will be made on a case-by-case basis by the Infectious Disease<br />
Control Team. For further information consult Board Policy 3981.<br />
All students must wear protective devices, gloves, gowns, masks, etc., when<br />
performing examinations on patients with infectious disease.<br />
Blood and body secretions such as semen, saliva, urine, tears, stool, emesis,<br />
sputnum, wound drainage, bile, and pleural or peritoneal fluid may contain the<br />
HIV or hepatitis virus. All should be considered infectious. Any tissue, biopsy, or<br />
patient specimen should also be handled with care, including wearing gloves.<br />
While exposure to a communicable disease in the clinic setting may need<br />
immediate attention, TB exposure can be base lined in the <strong>Student</strong> Health<br />
Services Office at the college.<br />
H. Library References<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s are encouraged to utilize the books, professional journals and<br />
pamphlets in the Learning Resource Center (LRC) as well as the Sonography<br />
Program's Library (AHC-157).<br />
Check the Library’s internet site for medical imaging books and magazines<br />
available in the <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> LRC.<br />
1. <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> LRC - <strong>Student</strong>s are encouraged to approach the library<br />
staff for aid in locating information and materials. Interlibrary loan service<br />
is available through the Reference Librarian.<br />
2. Sonography Program's Library - Books, magazines, audiovisual<br />
materials, radiographs and other items, in AHC-157, maybe checked-out<br />
for varying lengths of time (see instructor for times). Log all check out<br />
requests on your personal student check out card and have an instructor<br />
initial and date all checkout and returns.<br />
All material checked out during a particular semester must be returned<br />
by the last day of lecture class for that particular semester.<br />
I. Right of Privacy<br />
Be aware of your responsibility as well as the legal implications in respecting the<br />
rights of others, especially the right of privacy.<br />
Do not discuss any patient, any member of the health team, or any disease or<br />
symptoms in a place where you might be overheard and possibly infringe on<br />
someone's right to privacy. You never know whose relative or neighbor is<br />
standing next to you, or around the corner.<br />
25
J. Sexual Harassment Policy<br />
It is the policy of <strong>Merced</strong> Community <strong>College</strong> District to provide a neutral<br />
educational environment for all students free from unwelcome sexual overtures<br />
and advances. District employees and clinical affiliate employees are expected<br />
to adhere to a standard of conduct that is respectful and courteous to all<br />
students. The use of authority to emphasize the sexuality or sexual identity of a<br />
student in a manner which prevents or impairs that student's full enjoyment of<br />
educational benefits, climate, or opportunity is in strict violation of our affiliate<br />
agreement, as well as <strong>College</strong> policy.<br />
Any student who believes that she or he has been sexually harassed within the<br />
clinical setting should initiate a complaint with either the Program Director or<br />
Clinical Coordinator. If the complaint concerns a district employee, board policy<br />
will prevail.<br />
A copy of the District Sexual Harassment Policy can be found in the District<br />
Policy <strong>Handbook</strong><br />
K. Transportation<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s are responsible for transportation to and from school and the clinical<br />
facilities. <strong>Student</strong>s may park only in designated areas, both at the <strong>College</strong> and<br />
clinical sites. Refer to the Campus Parking Regulations, outlined in the <strong>College</strong><br />
catalog and Clinical Parking Policies.<br />
All students are responsible for fulfilling clinical assignment transportation<br />
challenges. The clinical affiliation is NOT responsible for student transportation<br />
costs. <strong>Student</strong>s are encouraged to be proactive in making transportation<br />
accommodations.<br />
L. Use of Drugs<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s must abide by the following policies and guidelines.<br />
1. Any drugs used should be with physician guidance. Prescription drug<br />
use must not alter the student’s ability to perform safely in the field.<br />
2. Drugs may not be taken from the clinical areas.<br />
3. Proof of misuse of drugs are grounds for immediate dismissal from the<br />
program.<br />
4. A clinical facility may request a random drug screening test. Positive<br />
drug screening test results can lead to dismissal from the facility and the<br />
program.<br />
26
M. Visitors<br />
The student will not entertain visitors (personal and/or classmates not assigned<br />
to facility) in the Diagnostic Imaging Department/Sonography Department<br />
anytime without specific permission from the respective personnel.<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s are not allowed to bring guests into the classroom/laboratory without<br />
specific permission from the instructor of record. It is against school policy to<br />
bring children to class or leave them unattended on school grounds while the<br />
student is in class.<br />
When scanning visitors/volunteers during open skills labs the following policies<br />
must be followed:<br />
No one under the age of 18<br />
No pregnant volunteers<br />
No volunteers with known disease processes<br />
No suggestion or hint of a questionable disease process will be<br />
addressed; this is out of your scope of practice<br />
No endocavitary applications<br />
No breast, scrotal, or penile sonographic scans will be generated on a<br />
human; simulations may be completed with phantoms or with simulation<br />
equipment<br />
M. Positioning Disclaimer<br />
In the course of learning about sonographic scanning and positioning<br />
(classes/labs/demonstrations and/or practice) students will be touched by faculty<br />
and fellow students and scanned with an external sonographic transducer by<br />
faculty or fellow students in areas that are routinely used as scanning landmarks<br />
and windows.<br />
N. Background Clearance<br />
A background clearance will be required upon acceptance into the program. This<br />
includes a criminal offense, criminal history, sex offender check and social<br />
security trace. A background clearance means that your background report is<br />
free from negative information. Negative information (charges & disposition &<br />
sentencing, including probation) can remain on your report for up to seven years.<br />
mybackgroundcheck.com<br />
P.O. Box 492770<br />
Redding, CA 96049<br />
www.mybackgroundcheck.com<br />
Any clinical facility may require a current background clearance. It will be the<br />
students’ responsibility to pay for any additional screening required by the clinical<br />
facility for student placement.<br />
O. Drug Screening<br />
A drug screening will be required upon acceptance into the program. Failure to<br />
pass this screening may cancel admission to the program. Any clinical facility<br />
may require a current drug screen. This is the financial responsibility of the<br />
student.<br />
27
P. Graffiti<br />
Absolutely no written notes, reminders, answers, questions, doodlings, etc., are<br />
permitted on desks, tables, counters/etc. even if you plan on erasing them! Ask<br />
for a scratch sheet of paper if you need something to write on. If you see any<br />
writings where you are seated, please inform the instructor of record immediately<br />
so you will not be held accountable for the graffiti.<br />
IX.<br />
Accidents and Incidents<br />
A. <strong>Student</strong> Clinical Injury<br />
<strong>Student</strong> insurance coverage is provided for all students for accidents that occur<br />
on campus or at college related activities including clinical education. All injuries<br />
sustained by students in the clinical areas or on campus must be reported as per<br />
the VIPJPA Injury Reporting Flow Chart. Failure to report accidents and<br />
complete the required college documents within 10 days from the time of the<br />
injury may result in rejection of a claim by the student insurance. In this event,<br />
the student will be responsible for claim payment.<br />
Basically the role of the Clinical Preceptor (or whomever is supervising the<br />
student) is to call the “Company Nurse” (CN) at 1-877-854-6877 and report the<br />
injury before the student seeks treatment. CN will evaluate the student’s injury<br />
and give further instruction on how to proceed. When the Clinical Preceptor or<br />
supervising technologists calls, make sure to identify the student as a<br />
Sonography student from <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>. Make sure the student is present to<br />
speak with the CN over the phone to provide their personal information. If it is an<br />
emergency, the student should seek treatment first and call CN after treatment.<br />
If possible, the student should report their injury to the Program Director<br />
immediately. If the student is unable to report their injury to the Program Director,<br />
the Clinical Preceptor or supervising technologist should report the injury to the<br />
Program Director.<br />
The Clinical Preceptor’s or supervising technologist’s responsibility ends at this<br />
point.<br />
B. Incidents<br />
Incident reports will be completed and placed in the student's file when a safety<br />
violation or injury occurs in the clinical area. This will be done even if the health<br />
agency does not require that an official report be submitted. The student and<br />
Clinical Preceptor must sign the report. A copy of the incident report should be<br />
forwarded to the Program Director.<br />
Should you observe any injury to a patient caused by someone else and are<br />
asked to sign an accident report, sign it as a “witness.”<br />
**Important: If you were not in any way responsible for the injury–sign the<br />
report if asked, but designate yourself as a WITNESS.<br />
28
X. Clinical Assignments<br />
A. <strong>Student</strong>s successfully progressing in the program will be assigned four<br />
clinical rotations.<br />
B. <strong>Student</strong>s, based on the application process, will accept assigned clinical<br />
rotations without complaint<br />
C. <strong>Student</strong>s will complete at least one Hospital rotation<br />
D. <strong>Student</strong>s will complete at least one Imaging Center rotation<br />
E. <strong>Student</strong>s will complete at least 1710 hours of non-paid clinical<br />
experience<br />
F. Stipends are not provided by the clinical affiliations as the clinical hours<br />
are required for programmatic completion and eligibility to sit for the<br />
ARDMS board exams (as per CAAHEP accreditation)<br />
G. <strong>Student</strong>s will complete all site entry requirements of the assigned clinical<br />
affiliation as per program and clinical site requirements prior to entrance<br />
at that location<br />
H. The clinical affiliate has the right to refuse or terminate the student’s<br />
rotation<br />
XI.<br />
<strong>Student</strong> Dress and Grooming for Clinical Education<br />
<strong>Student</strong> dress and grooming will reflect the policies of the clinical affiliate, the technical<br />
requirements of the task, the positive image of the Sonography Program and the<br />
Profession as a whole.<br />
A. Procedure<br />
1. <strong>Student</strong>s are responsible and accountable to observe the dress and<br />
grooming standards of their assigned hospital.<br />
2. <strong>Student</strong>s are to adjust their dress appropriately prior to an assigned<br />
clinical experience; i.e., surgery, isolation, etc.<br />
3. Inappropriate dress and/or grooming will be discussed with the student<br />
by the Clinical Preceptor and/or <strong>College</strong> Supervisor. A verbal warning will<br />
be given for the first dress or grooming infraction. Subsequent<br />
occurrences will result in exclusion from clinical education for the<br />
remainder of the day.<br />
4. <strong>Student</strong>s who are absent from an assigned clinical experience because<br />
of inappropriate dress and/or grooming are to make up this time prior to<br />
the end of the semester.<br />
5. Failure to follow the dress code will result in loss of clinical points.<br />
B. Policy<br />
The following dress and personal grooming standards will be expected of all<br />
students in the Sonography Program. <strong>Student</strong>s shall appear professional in<br />
attire at all times. Clinical students are expected to serve as role models for the<br />
school and the profession.<br />
1. Uniforms/Scrubs<br />
a. Must be clean, pressed and conservative in design. They should be<br />
free of odor and strong fragrances. Each clinical affiliation will<br />
identify their color preferences. Scrubs, unless otherwise identified<br />
by the clinical affiliation, will be solid, matching colors. Scrubs will<br />
not have stripes, prints or floral designs, unless approved in writing<br />
29
o<br />
by the clinical affiliate. Ask for clarification during your DMS Program<br />
orientation to the department.<br />
b. Business attire, if an option at your facility, includes the following:<br />
o Full length white lab coat without embroidery<br />
o Women: Respectable length (about of just above<br />
the knee) dress/skirt<br />
o Women: Sleeved top, no spaghetti straps; opaque<br />
(can’t see through); no “T” shirts<br />
o Women: Dress slacks; ankle length; no jeans, or<br />
denim; no shorts, stirrup pants, no fleece, nor<br />
spandex<br />
o Women’s hose: Transparent skin-tone colors , no<br />
prints, no fishnets<br />
o Men: Dress shirt with tie, “T” shirts, if worn, will be<br />
under the dress shirt<br />
o Men: Dress pants (no jeans, no denim, no westernstyled,<br />
no fleece, no shorts)<br />
Shoes: Appropriate dress shoes; quiet soles, heels<br />
2-inches or less<br />
c. Scrubs used in the Operating Room (OR) are only to be worn<br />
while working an OR cases in the surgical suite and are not to be<br />
removed from the facility unless authorization is received from<br />
the supervisor. If you must step out of the OR suite, you must<br />
either change from your OR scrubs or wear an approved surgical<br />
gown over the OR scrubs. Removal of any hospital property<br />
from the premises is considered theft.<br />
c. Hospital scrubs/lab coats are not to be removed from the clinical<br />
setting without prior approval from the supervising technologist.<br />
d. Clothing with stenciled names of another clinical facility shall not<br />
be worn during clinical assignments.<br />
e. Shoes must be clean and/or polished. Shoes generally should be<br />
white leather. Shoes should be comfortable and appropriate for<br />
use in a clinical facility. Shoes must be closed-toed, closedheeled.<br />
Shoes should not have excessive heels, i.e., dress<br />
shoes/stilettos, or boots. Heels should be 2-inches or less.<br />
Sandals are not to be worn. Shoes that make noise are not<br />
acceptable.<br />
g. A name badge must be worn and must state the student's first<br />
name and last initial. The badge must identify the wearer as a<br />
student in the Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program. The<br />
student is responsible for purchasing the standard college I.D.<br />
badge. The student will wear the clinical affiliate’s required<br />
identification.<br />
h. Dosimetry badges, IF required, must be worn at all time while in<br />
the clinical area. If a lead apron is being used, the dosimetry<br />
badge must be worn at collar level outside the lead apron. Most<br />
Sonography departments do not require dosimetry badges.<br />
Dosimetry badges will not be a component of the Sonography<br />
Program.<br />
2. Grooming<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s must maintain high personal hygiene standards. Strong<br />
fragrances and/or odors (body or smoke) cannot be tolerated.<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s are to refrain from using cologne, perfume, aftershave, and<br />
fragranced body wash at all times in the clinical arena. Some of the<br />
DMS affiliates have employees who are highly allergic to these<br />
30
fragrances. Most ill patients cannot tolerate heavy smells or<br />
fragrances.<br />
Hair must be clean, neatly groomed and controlled.<br />
Hair, moustaches, beards, and sideburns must comply with the<br />
regulations of the clinical affiliate and be neatly trimmed. Clean<br />
shaven is the accepted practice.<br />
If hair is longer than shoulder length, it must be clasped back at the<br />
nape of the neck or worn on top of the head at all times during<br />
clinical training.<br />
As a condition of continued enrollment in the Diagnostic Medical<br />
Sonography Program, fingernails must be kept moderately short and<br />
clean. Artificial nail enhancements are not to be worn. Anything<br />
applied to natural nails other than clear polish is considered to be an<br />
enhancement. This includes, but is not limited to: artificial nails, tips,<br />
wraps, appliqués, acrylics, gels and any additional items applied to<br />
the nail surface. Chipped nails should be filed.<br />
Makeup should be conservative.<br />
No chewing gum in the ultrasound department or imaging areas.<br />
o Gum chewing will be limited to recognized eating areas.<br />
Smoking is not permitted in class and is only permitted in designated<br />
areas on the <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> campus. Smoking is prohibited in all<br />
medical facilities; use the designated outside areas at the clinical<br />
facility and follow the distance requirements from any opening into<br />
the building.<br />
o Compliance with all smoking rules is expected. Some<br />
clinical facilities prohibit smoking 100% of the time while<br />
at work.<br />
o Failure to comply in clinical sites may result in being<br />
dismissed from the site.<br />
o <strong>Student</strong>s also need to be mindful of the odors associated<br />
with smoking, and the impact this may have on patients.<br />
Some patients will refuse to permit students to scan<br />
them when the student smells of tobacco products.<br />
3. Jewelry<br />
Rings may be worn but students may be required to remove them in<br />
the specialty areas or certain procedures. Rings with stones are a<br />
risk to patients, and may tear the required scanning glove.<br />
"Dangling" or hoop earrings are not being permitted in the clinical<br />
setting. Earrings are limited to a single post/small stud per ear.<br />
Earrings shall not be larger than a dime in diameter.<br />
To prevent patient injury, it is advised that jewelry not be worn on the<br />
external surface of the uniform.<br />
4. Body Art<br />
Visible forms of body piercing, including but not limited to nose<br />
studs or screws, chin or cheek labret, barbells, ear grommets<br />
and tongue door knocker, etc., are not permitted in any size. In<br />
general, modifications that alter the original integrity of your body<br />
would be open for review (i.e., loops as a results of grommet<br />
holes, neck stretching, etc.).<br />
If you have a tattoo, it must be covered while on duty.<br />
5. Miscellaneous<br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> and Clinical Affiliates are not responsible for loss<br />
of valuables.<br />
Points will be deducted from your clinical evaluation grade for not<br />
meeting the dress code and grooming guidelines.<br />
31
XII.<br />
<strong>Student</strong> Orientation to Clinical Facility<br />
A. Policy<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s must be oriented to all new clinical affiliates. It is the responsibility of<br />
the Clinical Preceptor to provide this orientation either personally or by<br />
arrangement with other staff members.<br />
Orientation forms, for each rotation, are located in the clinical forms handbook.<br />
Your signature on this form indicates you have reviewed and understood each<br />
statement. Should you have questions, be sure to ask the Clinical Preceptor,<br />
Department Manager of the Personnel Department for clarification prior to<br />
signing these forms.<br />
This form must be completed and returned to the program director or<br />
clinical coordinator for their signature within 14 calendar days from the<br />
beginning of a new semester/session.<br />
The signed form should then be placed in your Clinical Competency <strong>Handbook</strong><br />
binder for the remainder of the rotation. At the end of the rotation, this form<br />
should be filed in the student’s personal folder in the classroom.<br />
XIII. Clinical Experience<br />
A. Duties of a <strong>Student</strong> Sonographer<br />
While the student is assigned to clinical training she/he will be expected to<br />
participate not only in sonographic imaging exams and procedures but also in<br />
image filing, image processing, stocking of room supplies, cleaning the<br />
ultrasound systems, patient transport and other office procedures and other<br />
sonographer work tasks, as long as their clinical education is not being<br />
compromised.<br />
B. Clinical Placement<br />
The Clinical Coordinator is responsible for arranging the diagnostic clinical<br />
education rotations. <strong>Student</strong> placement is subject to clinical approval.<br />
Vacations are to be scheduled only during times when classes, to include<br />
clinic are not in session.<br />
C. Scheduling<br />
Clinical Scheduling - Monthly clinical scheduling will be completed by either the<br />
Clinical Preceptor and/or Department Manager/Chief Technologist of respective<br />
assigned hospital. Individual copies of each student's schedule are to be posted<br />
in the clinic facility for review and signature by the <strong>College</strong>'s Clinical Supervisors<br />
to document valid and appropriate clinical schedules.<br />
It is the student's responsibility to submit to the <strong>College</strong> past signed copies of<br />
their clinical schedules. Submitted past schedules are to be filed alphabetically in<br />
the Clinic Schedule Notebook located in the classroom. The student's schedule<br />
file must be up-to-date and complete by the given dates.<br />
It is the student’s responsibility to check updated posted schedules to see if there<br />
are any errors/omissions/changes/etc. that need to be brought to the C.P.’s<br />
32
immediate attention. Do not wait until the last moment to notify the C.P. of an<br />
error or change. If your C.P. has not heard from you within five (5) scheduled<br />
working days, then the posted schedule will take precedence and you will be held<br />
responsible for adhering to it.<br />
Generally speaking, routine assignment hours are considered to be from 0500 -<br />
2100 hours. Anything other than that is considered as nontraditional, (i.e., “offhour”).<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s may be scheduled during weekend hours.<br />
Complete weekend assignments should reflect no more than TWO weekends per<br />
month to ensure assignments are educationally valid and not abusive of<br />
students. It is acceptable for a clinical site to schedule a student for weekly<br />
Saturday or Sunday rotations.<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s are not required to attend clinic on legal holidays recognized by the<br />
<strong>College</strong>.<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s will not be required to work graveyard shifts or on-call. Clinic scheduling<br />
will not include “double-back” shifts either by design or trading of clinical days.<br />
There should be a minimum of twelve (12) hours between scheduled shifts.<br />
Supervision remains constant no matter what hour or day scheduled. Direct<br />
supervision is required prior to documentation of student competency, with<br />
transition into indirect supervision following competency documentation of<br />
competency. This is true for all areas using sonography: operating room, delivery<br />
room, mobile examinations, and the emergency department.<br />
Class - Unless otherwise notified, students will attend class at the <strong>College</strong> as per<br />
the catalog schedule. When available, students are encouraged to practice in<br />
faculty observed open scanning sessions.<br />
D. Clinical Hours<br />
Clinical hours are required for each semester beginning with the second<br />
semester. These are cumulative hours and if a student does not complete these<br />
hours during the allotted time she or he may be put on probation with the<br />
possibility of dismissal from the Program. Individual consideration will be given to<br />
the student with a valid excuse after consultation with the Clinical Coordinator<br />
and Program Director.<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s must complete no fewer than 1710 clinical hours. On campus<br />
laboratory hours are not counted as clinical hours. Clinical hours must be<br />
completed in a legally operated place of business with emphasis on patient care,<br />
i.e.: hospital, clinic, imaging center.<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s are required to keep a monthly record of laboratory/clinical hours they<br />
have accrued. This monthly record is validated by the Clinical Preceptor and<br />
<strong>College</strong> staff.<br />
E. Clinical Exams<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s are required to keep records of sonographic examinations they have<br />
observed, assisted, and/ or performed. All repeat examinations are to be<br />
completed under direct supervision and are to be logged as such in the Daily<br />
Clinical Exam form. These records are to be compiled daily, utilizing the Daily<br />
Record of Examinations Form, verified by the Clinical Preceptor or their designee<br />
and submitted to the instructor of record.<br />
33
F. <strong>Student</strong> Evaluation of Clinical Experience<br />
At the end of each clinical course the student may be required to complete an<br />
evaluation of their respective clinical facility. This is an opportunity for the student<br />
to provide an evaluation of her/his clinical experience. Through candid<br />
evaluations, the faculty can identify the strengths and weaknesses of a particular<br />
clinical affiliate and utilize this information for continued program review. Another<br />
area where this information is useful is in matching student's clinical weaknesses<br />
with affiliates that rate high in providing clinical experiences that address a<br />
student's weaknesses.<br />
G. Breaks & Lunch Periods<br />
Generally, there will be morning, lunch and afternoon breaks. Observe the<br />
departmental policy regarding breaks, and do not take excess advantage of the<br />
coffee room/lounge. Lunch breaks are 30 minutes regardless of the<br />
Staff/Departmental policy and should be included in the total hours recorded per<br />
day.<br />
H. Personal Phone Calls<br />
No personal phone calls should be received while in the clinical area except<br />
emergencies. Departmental telephones may not be used for personal calls.<br />
Leave cell phones in your locker and only check them during break or lunch. If<br />
there is an extenuating circumstance, advise you C.I. or supervising technologist<br />
at the beginning of your shift.<br />
While on campus, cellular phones and pagers are to be turned off during class.<br />
I. Early Release<br />
No early releases are granted. <strong>Student</strong>s must attend all classes, including clinical<br />
education classes until the completion of their final semester to be eligible for<br />
graduation. All hours will be counted.<br />
J. Orientation to a New Facility<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s are not required to make-up time for mandatory orientation to a new<br />
facility for a current or upcoming rotation.<br />
K. Removal of Cervical Collars<br />
In trauma situations, have the E.D. staff remove the cervical collar once patient’s<br />
x-rays have been cleared.<br />
L. Cutting Away of Patient Clothing and/or Jewelry<br />
In trauma situations, request permission from supervising staff before cutting<br />
away pieces of clothing or jewelry.<br />
M. <strong>Student</strong> Availability During Site Visitations<br />
When a Clinical Supervisor, or other program official is scheduled to make a site<br />
visitation, please make sure you are available to be observed. This is especially<br />
true when it comes to OR or extended mobile cases. Don’t assume just because<br />
one Clinical Supervisor (CS) has seen you recently, (even if it was yesterday),<br />
you don’t have to be available. Work with your Clinical Preceptor (CP) so that<br />
when a CS is scheduled to visit, you’re there.<br />
This may mean coordinating with your CP to come in earlier or later or switch<br />
days so you are present when the CS makes his/her site visitation. This is<br />
34
especially true if you haven’t been visited for a mid-term evaluation. If you have<br />
not been evaluated due to an absence on your part, it will be particularly<br />
important that you make arrangements to ensure you are available for the next<br />
CS visitation. Keep in mind that a one-to-one student-technologist ratio must be<br />
maintained at all times.<br />
N. Handwashing<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s are required to wash or sanitized hands prior to donning gloves and to<br />
rewash hands after removing gloves. <strong>Student</strong>s are also required to wear gloves<br />
with every patient.<br />
O. Personal Protective Equipment-PPE (gloves, face masks,<br />
booties, gowns, hair covers, nets, etc.)<br />
All PPEs should be removed and disposed of properly once an exam is<br />
completed and before the student moves out of the patient’s room to prevent the<br />
spread of infection.<br />
P. Miscellaneous<br />
When not busy, there will be no loitering. Use idle time for studying and<br />
pathology case review. Now is the time to ask questions about specific<br />
examinations or procedures you're unsure or curious about.<br />
It is the student’s responsibility to seek out sonographic learning<br />
experiences. <strong>Student</strong>s should have equitable and open communication with<br />
their clinical instructor/coordinator/preceptor.<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s who appear to lack interest in the clinical learning environment may<br />
be asked to leave by the sonographer, or may fail to be included in more<br />
desirable forms of learning.<br />
Seek first to understand by sharing your clinical needs with your preceptor.<br />
Be prepared to answer to your program director: “What did you learn at clinic,<br />
yesterday?”<br />
XIV. Clinical Radiation Protection Rules<br />
Although the Sonography Department generally is exempt from radiation tracking, as<br />
students working in a medical imaging department you may be required to participate in<br />
procedures that use both ionizing and non-ionizing energies. As such the procedure is<br />
as follows:<br />
Procedure<br />
The following safety rules have been established for the protection of the patient,<br />
other personnel and you from ionizing radiation during your hospital observation<br />
and clinical education. These rules are a combination of state and federal<br />
regulations and/or laws and additional guidelines condensed from man's 110+<br />
years experience with ionizing radiation. These rules are mandatory and any<br />
exception must be reported to the Department Manager and Program Director as<br />
soon as possible.<br />
Policy<br />
1. Regarding dosimetry badges:<br />
35
a. A dosimetry badge, properly placed, must be worn at ALL<br />
times during both the observation and clinical education<br />
phases.<br />
b. When protective aprons are used, the dosimetry badge must<br />
be placed above the apron, at collar level.<br />
c. Dosimetry badges must be turned into the Allied Health<br />
Secretary by the 10 th of each quarter.<br />
2. When an X-ray exposure is about to be made, you MUST:<br />
a. Leave the room, or<br />
b. Get behind the lead shield, or<br />
c. Be otherwise suitably protected for surgery, portable and<br />
fluoroscopic work.<br />
3. Specifically, you must not hold or support a patient during exposure, nor<br />
hold or support a cassette during exposure.<br />
4. You may not observe the patient during exposure from an adjacent room<br />
or hall unless through a lead-glass protective window. You must NOT<br />
"peak" around a door nor though a crack between door and wall.<br />
5. When sitting to rest in the hall do not sit in direct line with the tube or<br />
radiographic table even if it is not being used.<br />
6. During an exposure or procedure do not place yourself in direct line with<br />
the central ray, even though you are wearing a lead apron.<br />
7. Under no circumstances will you permit yourself or any other human<br />
being to serve as "patients" for test exposures or experimentation.<br />
8. If, during fluoroscopic procedures, you remain in the radiographic room<br />
the following will prevail:<br />
a. A lead apron must be worn at all times/or you must remain<br />
behind an adequate lead protective screen and not in visible<br />
line with either tube or patient.<br />
b. The dosimetry badge must be worn above lead apron at<br />
collar level.<br />
9. Do not make exposures on patients.<br />
XV. Pregnancy Policy and Procedures<br />
Policy Regarding Declared Pregnant <strong>Student</strong>s<br />
It is your responsibility to notify the program director of the pregnancy.<br />
‣ The student must receive written permission from her physician to continue in the<br />
program<br />
o Should the student be completing a clinical rotation, the data must be shared<br />
with the clinical affiliation as well.<br />
‣ Pregnant students need to be aware that there is a high probability that completion of<br />
the program will be delayed/extended/terminated as required courses are offered<br />
sequentially and only once in the 18-month program<br />
‣ Pregnant students will not be scanned nor volunteer to be scanned during their<br />
clinical experience.<br />
‣ Any rotations in a radiographic application will not be scheduled during the term of<br />
pregnancy<br />
‣ The pregnant student needs to be aware that the biggest risk to the unborn occurs<br />
during the first trimester. As all clinical affiliation rotations occur within a Diagnostic<br />
Imaging Department (Radiology), students need to be tested for pregnancy as soon<br />
36
as she feels there is a reason to do so. This will allow for appropriate adjustments to<br />
be made, if possible.<br />
‣ Pregnancies will NOT be scanned on the <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> campus. Pregnant<br />
students, who learn of their pregnancy in the DMS laboratory, will cease that<br />
scanning session immediately and notify the Program Director. <strong>Student</strong>s who are<br />
scanning a volunteer in the open skills lab who find an incidental pregnancy will<br />
cease that scanning session.<br />
‣ The student will notify her clinical preceptor of a declared pregnancy. The clinical<br />
affiliation will enact their policy for pregnant students. The program director and/or<br />
clinical coordinator will communicate with the clinical affiliate.<br />
XVI. <strong>Student</strong> Supervision<br />
A. Policy on Supervision of Sonography <strong>Student</strong>s<br />
1. <strong>Student</strong>s must have adequate and proper supervision during all clinical<br />
assignments, which would include direct supervision until a student is<br />
signed off for competency on the respective sonographic exam &/or<br />
procedure.<br />
Direct Supervision - The following conditions constitute direct<br />
supervision:<br />
a. A qualified sonographer reviews the request for the sonographic<br />
examination (a) to determine the capability of the student to<br />
perform the examination with reasonable success; or (b) to<br />
determine if the condition of the patient contraindicates<br />
performance of the examination by the student.<br />
b. If either of the above determinations is questionable or negative,<br />
a qualified sonographer should be present in the ultrasound<br />
room.<br />
c. The qualified sonographer reviews and approves the<br />
sonographic images prior to the dismissal of the patient. Medical<br />
judgment may supersede this provision.<br />
2. Once a student has demonstrated competency in a particular<br />
sonographic exam, or procedure, the student may be indirectly<br />
supervised by a qualified sonographer.<br />
Indirect Supervision is defined as supervision provided by a qualified<br />
sonographer immediately available to assist students regardless of the<br />
level of student achievement. Immediately available is interpreted as the<br />
presence of a qualified sonographer adjacent to the room or location<br />
where an ultrasound examination or procedure is being performed.<br />
3. The student will be under direct supervision when making a repeat<br />
sonographic examination during 100% of clinical training.<br />
4. The student will be under direct supervision when working in the<br />
Operating Room, Emergency Room (ED), and labor and delivery during<br />
100% of clinical training unless (1) the student has been signed-off on<br />
that particular examination or procedure AND (2) prior approval has<br />
been granted by the Department’s Imaging Manager.<br />
37
XVII. Personnel Descriptions<br />
A. Faculty<br />
1. Medical Advisor - Stephen K. Hansen, M.D.<br />
The Medical Advisor is a board certified physician who is responsible for<br />
the general supervision of staff who work in an imaging department. Our<br />
Medical Advisor, Dr. Hansen, is a Radiologist who is certified by the<br />
American Board of Radiology. He who works with the Program Director<br />
in developing the goals and objectives of the Program and in<br />
implementing the standards of achievement. DMS Programs may have<br />
one or more medical advisors.<br />
2. Program Director/Instructor/Clinical Supervisor – Cheryl Zelinsky<br />
Under general direction is responsible for the total coordination of the<br />
program with direct responsibility to the Division Chairperson working<br />
closely with the Medical Advisor and the Advisory Board. Directs formal<br />
classroom instruction and demonstration and is responsible for<br />
coordination of class schedules.<br />
3. Clinical Coordinator/Clinical Supervisor –TBD<br />
Under the direct supervision of the Radiography Program Director is<br />
responsible for formal classroom instruction and demonstration, and is<br />
responsible for coordination of student clinical assignment. The CC/CS<br />
is employed by <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> in a full or part-time capacity. The<br />
CC/CS maintains a schedule of regular visits to the clinical education<br />
centers to observe, evaluate and assure clinical education effectiveness,<br />
and record student clinical performance.<br />
4. Instructor: TBD<br />
Direct formal classroom instruction and demonstration.<br />
5. Adjunct/Part-time Faculty -TBD<br />
Direct formal classroom instruction and demonstration; observes,<br />
evaluates, and records student performance in the clinical areas.<br />
C. Clinical Personnel<br />
1. Radiologist/Sonologist: Unique to each facility<br />
Radiologist and/or Sonologist is a board certified Physician responsible<br />
for the interpretation of the sonographic examination. The<br />
Radiologists/Sonologist is at the upper level of the chain of command.<br />
For all intensive purposes, the R/S is your boss.<br />
2. Imaging/Department Manager/Chief Technologist:<br />
Personnel employed by a hospital to oversee the entire operation of a<br />
Diagnostic Medical Imaging (Radiology) Department.<br />
3. Medical Imaging Director<br />
The Imaging Director/Manager may be a Radiographer, Sonographer, or<br />
another credentialed member of the Allied Health Field. This position is<br />
responsible for the daily operations of the Imaging Department. Your<br />
clinical preceptor will report to the supervisory staff who reports to the<br />
Imaging Director.<br />
38
4. Clinical Preceptor (C.P.)<br />
Registered Diagnostic Medical Sonographer appointed in each clinical<br />
affiliate department who is directly responsible for the students assigned<br />
to their department; makes assignments of students so the student may<br />
benefit from as many new experiences as possible; completes evaluation<br />
reports on each sonography student and communicates directly to the<br />
Program Director regarding problems or suggestions.<br />
5. Staff Technologist/Sonographer<br />
Ultrasound Technologist or Sonographer employed by the clinical affiliate<br />
department. The makeup of the sonography staff is generally<br />
composed of sonographers with variable years of experience, areas of<br />
expertise, registry status, and areas of interest. The sonography staff will<br />
act as a cohesive unit to perform ultrasound procedures of exceptional<br />
quality and will promote ethical and culturally competent care of their<br />
patient.<br />
6. Imaging Department Staff<br />
The make-up of the imaging department includes: Radiographers, CT<br />
Technologists, MRI Technologists, NMT Technologists, Registered<br />
Nurses, clerical, and transportation staff. No matter the position, all<br />
members are treated equally and with respect.<br />
7. <strong>Student</strong>s<br />
Persons actively enrolled in the Diagnostic Medical Sonography program<br />
who are eligible to participate in the clinical sonographic experience.<br />
Duration begins at the onset of term two and concludes after the 5 th<br />
semester hours, competencies, and other program requirements have<br />
been successfully completed.<br />
XVIII.<br />
Professionalism, Professional Job Description<br />
A. Description of the Profession<br />
The Diagnostic Medical Sonographer/Vascular Technologist utilizes high frequency<br />
sound waves and other diagnostic techniques for medical diagnosis. The professional<br />
level of this health care service requires highly skilled and competent individuals who<br />
function as integral members of the health care team. The Diagnostic Medical<br />
Sonographer/Vascular Technologist must be able to produce and evaluate ultrasound<br />
images and related data that are used by physicians to render a medical diagnosis. They<br />
must acquire and maintain specialized technical skills and medical knowledge to render<br />
quality patient care.<br />
Sonographers are highly trained individuals.<br />
B. Sonographic Scope of Practice:<br />
Overview<br />
The Diagnostic/Vascular Technologist is a highly skilled individual qualified by academic<br />
and clinical experience to provide diagnostic patient services using ultrasound and<br />
related diagnostic techniques. The Diagnostic Medical Sonographer/Vascular<br />
Technologist is responsible for producing the best diagnostic information possible with<br />
the available resources. They acquire and evaluate data, while exercising discretion and<br />
judgment in performance of the clinical examination. The Diagnostic Medical<br />
Sonographer/Vascular Technologist is able to:
Obtain, review, and integrate pertinent<br />
‣ Patient history, physical examination, and supporting clinical data to<br />
facilitate optimum diagnostic results.<br />
Perform diagnostic procedures by<br />
‣ Producing, accessing, and evaluating ultrasound images and related data<br />
that are used by physicians to render a medical diagnosis.<br />
Provide interpreting physicians with an<br />
‣ Oral or written summary of technical findings.<br />
Provide patient and public education and<br />
‣ Promote principles of good health.<br />
C. SDMS Scope of Practice for the Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional<br />
Preamble:<br />
The purpose of this document is to define the Scope of Practice for Diagnostic Ultrasound<br />
Professionals and to specify their roles as members of the health care team, acting in the best<br />
interest of the patient. This scope of practice is a "living" document that will evolve as the<br />
technology expands.<br />
Definition of the Profession:<br />
The Diagnostic Ultrasound Profession is a multi-specialty field comprised of Diagnostic Medical<br />
Sonography (with subspecialties in abdominal, neurologic, obstetrical/gynecologic and ophthalmic<br />
ultrasound), Diagnostic Cardiac Sonography (with subspecialties in adult and pediatric<br />
echocardiography), Vascular Technology, and other emerging fields. These diverse specialties<br />
are distinguished by their use of diagnostic medical ultrasound as a primary technology in their<br />
daily work. Certification 1 is considered the standard of practice in ultrasound. Individuals who are<br />
not yet certified should reference the Scope as a professional model and strive to become<br />
certified.<br />
Scope of Practice of the Profession:<br />
The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional is an individual qualified by professional credentialing 2<br />
and academic and clinical experience to provide diagnostic patient care services using ultrasound<br />
and related diagnostic procedures. The scope of practice of the Diagnostic Ultrasound<br />
Professional includes those procedures, acts and processes permitted by law, for which the<br />
individual has received education and clinical experience, and in which he/she has demonstrated<br />
competency.<br />
Diagnostic Ultrasound Professionals:<br />
Perform patient assessments<br />
Acquire and analyze data obtained using ultrasound and related diagnostic technologies<br />
Provide a summary of findings to the physician to aid in patient diagnosis and<br />
management<br />
Use independent judgment and systematic problem solving methods to produce high<br />
quality diagnostic information and optimize patient care.
Copyright © 1993-2000<br />
Society of Diagnostic Medical Sonography<br />
Dallas, Texas USA<br />
All Rights Reserved Worldwide<br />
Organizations that endorse the Scope of Practices and Practice Standards may use them for their own<br />
internal use, including copying or distributing the text, provided that the text is reproduced in its entirety with<br />
no changes, and includes proper attribution and the copyright notice displayed above.<br />
D. Code of Ethics for the Profession of Diagnostic Medical Sonography<br />
Approved by SDMS Board of Directors, December 6, 2006<br />
PREAMBLE<br />
The goal of this code of ethics is to promote excellence in patient care by fostering responsibility<br />
and accountability among diagnostic medical sonographers. In so doing, the integrity of the<br />
profession of diagnostic medical sonography will be maintained.<br />
OBJECTIVES<br />
1. To create and encourage an environment where professional and ethical issues are<br />
discussed and addressed.<br />
2. To help the individual diagnostic medical sonographer identify ethical issues.<br />
3. To provide guidelines for individual diagnostic medical sonographers regarding ethical<br />
behavior.<br />
PRINCIPLES<br />
Principle I: In order to promote patient well-being, the diagnostic medical sonographer<br />
shall:<br />
A. Provide information to the patient about the purpose of the sonography procedure and<br />
respond to the patient's questions and concerns.<br />
B. Respect the patient's autonomy and the right to refuse the procedure.<br />
C. Recognize the patient's individuality and provide care in a non-judgmental and nondiscriminatory<br />
manner.<br />
D. Promote the privacy, dignity and comfort of the patient by thoroughly explaining the<br />
examination, patient positioning and implementing proper draping techniques.<br />
E. Maintain confidentiality of acquired patient information, and follow national patient<br />
privacy regulations as required by the "Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act<br />
of 1996 (HIPAA)."<br />
F. Promote patient safety during the provision of sonography procedures and while the<br />
patient is in the care of the diagnostic medical sonographer.<br />
Principle II: To promote the highest level of competent practice, diagnostic medical<br />
sonographers shall:<br />
A. Obtain appropriate diagnostic medical sonography education and clinical skills to<br />
ensure competence.<br />
B. Achieve and maintain specialty specific sonography credentials. Sonography<br />
credentials must be awarded by a national sonography credentialing body that is<br />
accredited by a national organization which accredits credentialing bodies, i.e., the<br />
National Commission for Certifying Agencies (NCCA);<br />
http://www.noca.org/ncca/ncca.htm or the International Organization for Standardization<br />
(ISO); http://www.iso.org/iso/en/ISOOnline.frontpage.<br />
C. Uphold professional standards by adhering to defined technical protocols and<br />
diagnostic criteria established by peer review.
D. Acknowledge personal and legal limits, practice within the defined scope of practice,<br />
and assume responsibility for his/her actions.<br />
E. Maintain continued competence through lifelong learning, which includes continuing<br />
education, acquisition of specialty specific credentials and recredentialing.<br />
F. Perform medically indicated ultrasound studies, ordered by a licensed physician or<br />
their designated health care provider.<br />
G. Protect patients and/or study subjects by adhering to oversight and approval of<br />
investigational procedures, including documented informed consent.<br />
H. Refrain from the use of any substances that may alter judgment or skill and thereby<br />
compromise patient care.<br />
I. Be accountable and participate in regular assessment and review of equipment,<br />
procedures, protocols, and results. This can be accomplished through facility<br />
accreditation.<br />
Principle III: To promote professional integrity and public trust, the diagnostic medical<br />
sonographer shall:<br />
A. Be truthful and promote appropriate communications with patients and colleagues.<br />
B. Respect the rights of patients, colleagues and yourself.<br />
C. Avoid conflicts of interest and situations that exploit others or misrepresent<br />
information.<br />
D. Accurately represent his/her experience, education and credentialing.<br />
E. Promote equitable access to care.<br />
F. Collaborate with professional colleagues to create an environment that promotes<br />
communication and respect.<br />
G. Communicate and collaborate with others to promote ethical practice.<br />
H. Engage in ethical billing practices.<br />
I. Engage only in legal arrangements in the medical industry.<br />
J. Report deviations from the Code of Ethics to institutional leadership for internal<br />
sanctions, local intervention and/or criminal prosecution. The Code of Ethics can serve as<br />
a valuable tool to develop local policies and procedures.<br />
E. Diagnostic Ultrasound Clinical Practice Standards<br />
Standards are designed to reflect behavior and performance levels expected in clinical practice<br />
for the Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional. These Clinical Practice Standards set forth the<br />
standards (principles) that are common to all of the specialties within the larger category of the<br />
diagnostic ultrasound profession. Individual specialties or subspecialties may adopt standards<br />
that extend or refine these general Standards and that better reflect the day to day practice of<br />
these specialties. Certification is considered the standard of practice in ultrasound. Individuals not<br />
yet certified may reference these Clinical Practice Standards to optimize patient care.<br />
Section 1<br />
Patient Information Assessment and Evaluation<br />
Patient Education & Communication, Procedure Plan<br />
STANDARD - Patient Information Assessment & Evaluation:<br />
1.1 Information regarding the patient's past and present health status is essential in<br />
providing appropriate diagnostic ultrasound information. Therefore, pertinent data<br />
regarding the patient's medical history, including familial history as it relates to the<br />
diagnostic ultrasound procedure, should be collected whenever possible and<br />
evaluated to determine its relevance to the ultrasound examination.
The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />
1.1.1 Verifies patient identification and that the requested procedure correlates<br />
with the patient's clinical history and presentation. In the event that the<br />
requested procedure does not correlate, either the interpreting physician<br />
or the referring physician will be notified.<br />
1.1.2 Uses interviewing techniques to gather relevant information from the<br />
patient or patient's representative and the patient's medical records<br />
regarding the patient's health status and medical history.<br />
1.1.3 Assesses the patient's ability to tolerate procedures.<br />
1.1.4 Evaluates any contra-indications to the procedure, such as medications,<br />
insufficient patient preparation or the patient's inability or unwillingness to<br />
tolerate the procedure.<br />
STANDARD - Patient Education and Communication:<br />
1.2 Effective communication and education are necessary to establish a positive<br />
relationship with the patient and/or the patient's representative, and to elicit patient<br />
cooperation and understanding of expectations.<br />
The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />
1.2.1 Communicates with the patient in a manner appropriate to the patient's<br />
ability to understand. Presents explanations and instructions in a<br />
manner which can be easily understood by the patient and other health<br />
care providers.<br />
1.2.2 Explains the examination procedure to the patient and responds to<br />
patient questions and concerns.<br />
1.2.3 Refers specific diagnostic, treatment or prognosis questions to the<br />
patient's physician.<br />
STANDARD - Analysis and Determination of Procedure Plan for Conducting the Diagnostic<br />
Examination<br />
1.3 The most appropriate procedure plan 1 seeks to optimize patient safety and comfort,<br />
diagnostic ultrasound quality and efficient use of resources, while achieving the<br />
diagnostic objective of the examination.<br />
The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />
1.3.1 Analyzes the previously gathered information and develops a<br />
procedure plan for the diagnostic procedure. Each procedure plan is<br />
based on age appropriate and gender appropriate considerations and<br />
actions.<br />
1.3.2 Uses independent professional judgment to adapt the procedure plan<br />
to optimize examination results. Performs the ultrasound or vascular<br />
technology procedure under general 2 or direct 3 supervision, as defined<br />
by the procedure.<br />
1.3.3 Consults appropriate medical personnel, when necessary, in order to<br />
optimize examination results.<br />
1.3.4 Confers with the interpreting physician, when appropriate, to determine<br />
if contrast media administration will enhance image quality and provide<br />
additional diagnostic information.<br />
1.3.5 Uses appropriate technique for intravenous line insertion and contrast<br />
media administration when the use of contrast is required.<br />
1.3.6 Determines the need for accessory equipment. 4<br />
43
1.3.7 Determines the need for additional personnel to assist in the<br />
examination.<br />
1.3.8 Acquires prior written approval from the medical director for contrast<br />
media injection. 5<br />
STANDARD - Implementation of the Procedure Plan<br />
1.4 Quality patient care is provided through the safe and accurate implementation of a<br />
deliberate procedure plan.<br />
The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />
1.4.1 Implements a procedure plan that falls within established protocols. 6<br />
1.4.2 Elicits the cooperation of the patient in order to carry out the procedure plan.<br />
1.4.3 Modifies the procedure plan according to the patient's disease process or<br />
condition.<br />
1.4.4 Uses accessory equipment, when appropriate.<br />
1.4.5 Modifies the procedure plan, as required, according to the physical<br />
circumstances under which the procedure must be performed (i.e., operating<br />
room, ultrasound laboratory, patient's bedside, emergency room.)<br />
1.4.6 Assesses and monitors the patient's physical and mental status during the<br />
examination.<br />
1.4.7 Modifies the procedure plan according to changes in the patient's clinical<br />
status during the procedure.<br />
1.4.8 Administers first aid, or provides life support in emergency situations, as<br />
required by employer policy.<br />
1.4.9 Performs basic patient care tasks, as needed.<br />
1.4.10 Requests the assistance of additional personnel, when warranted.<br />
1.4.11 Recognizes sonographic characteristics of normal and abnormal<br />
tissues, structures and blood flow; adjusts scanning technique to<br />
optimize image quality and spectral waveform characteristics.<br />
1.4.12 Analyzes sonographic findings throughout the course of the<br />
examination so that a comprehensive exam is completed and<br />
sufficient data is provided to the physician to direct patient<br />
management and render a final diagnosis.<br />
1.4.13 Performs measurements and calculations according to laboratory<br />
protocol.<br />
1.4.14 Strives to minimize patient exposure to acoustic energy without<br />
compromising examination quality or completeness.<br />
STANDARD - Evaluation of the Diagnostic Examination Results<br />
1.5 Careful evaluation of examination results 7 in the context of the procedure plan is<br />
important in order to determine whether the procedure plan goals have been met.<br />
The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />
1.5.1 Establishes that the examination, as performed, complies with<br />
applicable protocols and guidelines. 8<br />
1.5.2 Identifies any exceptions to the expected outcome. 9<br />
1.5.3 Documents any exceptions 10 clearly, concisely and completely. When<br />
necessary, develops a revised procedure plan in order to achieve the<br />
intended outcome.<br />
44
1.5.4 Initiates additional scanning techniques or administers contrast agents<br />
as indicated by the examination and according to established<br />
laboratory policy and procedures under state law.<br />
1.5.5 Notifies an appropriate health provider when immediate medical<br />
attention is necessary, based on procedural findings and patient<br />
conditions.<br />
1.5.6 Evaluates the patient's physical and mental status prior to discharge<br />
from the Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional.<br />
1.5.7 Upon assessment of the examination findings, recognizes the need for<br />
an urgent rather than routine report and takes appropriate action.<br />
1.5.8 Provides a written or oral summary of preliminary findings to the physician.<br />
STANDARD - Documentation<br />
1.6 Clear and precise documentation is necessary for continuity of care, accuracy of care<br />
and quality assurance.<br />
The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />
1.6.1 Documents diagnostic and patient data in the appropriate record,<br />
according to the policy and procedure of the facility.<br />
1.6.2 Ensures that the documentation is timely, accurate, concise and<br />
complete.<br />
1.6.3 Documents any exceptions from the established protocols and<br />
procedures.<br />
1.6.4 Records diagnostic images and data for use by the interpreting<br />
physician in rendering a diagnosis and for archival purposes.<br />
1.6.5 Provides an oral or written summary of preliminary findings to the<br />
interpreting physician.<br />
Section 2<br />
Quality Assurance Performance Standards<br />
STANDARD - Implementation of Quality Assurance<br />
2.1 Implementation of a quality assurance action plan is imperative for quality diagnostic<br />
procedures and patient care.<br />
The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />
2.1.1 Obtains assistance appropriate personnel to implement the quality<br />
assurance action plan.<br />
2.1.2 Implements the quality assurance action plan.<br />
STANDARD - Assessment of Equipment, Procedures and the Work Environment<br />
2.2 The planning and provision of safe and effective medical service relies on the<br />
collection of pertinent information about equipment, procedures and the work<br />
environment.<br />
The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />
2.2.1 Strives to maintain a safe workplace environment.<br />
2.2.2 Performs equipment quality assurance procedures, as required, to<br />
determine that equipment operates at an acceptable performance<br />
level.<br />
2.2.3 Seeks to ensure that each work site in which the Diagnostic Ultrasound<br />
Professional conducts patient examinations has in place a policy<br />
45
manual that addresses environmental safety, equipment maintenance<br />
standards and equipment operation standards and that this policy<br />
manual is reviewed and revised on a regular basis. Knows,<br />
understands and implements the policies set forth in the work site<br />
policy manual.<br />
STANDARD - Analysis and Determination of a Quality Assurance Plan<br />
2.3 The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional uses quality assurance and continuous<br />
quality improvement methods to assess and evaluate all aspects of ultrasound<br />
practice.<br />
The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />
2.3.1 Strives to become knowledgeable about the theory and practice of<br />
quality assurance and continuous quality improvement methods and<br />
procedures as they are applied in the clinical environment. Works with<br />
all concerned parties to implement such methods and procedures with<br />
the objective of continuously improving the quality of ultrasound<br />
diagnostic services.<br />
2.3.2 Compares quality assurance results to established and acceptable<br />
values.<br />
2.3.3 Works with all concerned parties to formulate and implement an action<br />
plan.<br />
STANDARD - Outcomes Measurement<br />
2.4 Outcomes assessment 11 is an integral part of the ongoing quality assurance plan to<br />
enhance diagnostic services.<br />
The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />
2.4.1 Based on outcomes assessment, determines whether the<br />
performance, of equipment and materials is in accordance with<br />
established guidelines and protocols.<br />
2.4.2 Based on outcomes assessment, determines whether the diagnostic<br />
information provided as a result of the ultrasound examination<br />
correlates with other diagnostic testing or procedures performed on the<br />
same patient.<br />
2.4.3 Based on outcomes assessment, determines that each test achieves<br />
the same outcome when performed by different Diagnostic Ultrasound<br />
Professionals.<br />
2.4.4 Develops and implements an action plan when outcome measurement<br />
results are not within currently accepted tolerances.<br />
2.4.5 Is knowledgeable of, or works with the medical director to develop,<br />
written diagnostic ultrasound procedure protocols that meet or exceed<br />
established guidelines. 12<br />
STANDARD - Documentation<br />
2.5 Documentation provides evidence of quality assurance activities designed to<br />
enhance the safety of patients, the public, and health care providers, during<br />
diagnostic ultrasound procedures.<br />
The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />
2.5.1 Maintains documentation regarding quality assurance activities,<br />
procedures, and results, in accordance with the established laboratory<br />
policies and protocols.<br />
46
2.5.2 Provides timely, concise, accurate and complete documentation of<br />
quality assurance activities.<br />
2.5.3 Adheres to the established quality assurance performance standards.<br />
Section 3<br />
Professional Performance Standards<br />
STANDARD - Quality of Care<br />
3.1 All patients expect and deserve excellent care during the ultrasound examination.<br />
The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />
3.1.1 Works in partnership with other health care professionals to provide<br />
the best medical care possible for all patients.<br />
3.1.2 Obtains and maintains appropriate professional credentials. 13<br />
3.1.3 Adheres to the standards, 14 policies, 15 and procedures 16 adopted by<br />
the profession and regulated by law.<br />
3.1.4 Provides the best possible diagnostic exam for each patient by<br />
applying professional judgment and discretion.<br />
3.1.5 Anticipates and responds to the needs of the patient.<br />
3.1.6 Participates in quality assurance programs.<br />
3.1.7 Stays current with required continuing medical education (CME) in<br />
order to stay abreast of changes in the field of diagnostic ultrasound<br />
and to maintain professional credentials.<br />
STANDARD - Self-Assessment<br />
3.2 Self-assessment is an essential component in professional growth and development.<br />
Self-assessment involves evaluation of personal performance, knowledge and skills.<br />
The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />
3.2.1 Recognizes personal strengths and uses them to benefit patients,<br />
coworkers, and the profession.<br />
3.2.2 Performs diagnostic procedures only after receiving appropriate<br />
education and supervised clinical experience.<br />
3.2.3 Recognizes and takes advantage of educational opportunities,<br />
including improvement in technical and problem-solving skills and<br />
personal growth.<br />
STANDARD - Education<br />
3.3 Advancements in medical science and technology occur very rapidly, requiring an<br />
on-going commitment to professional education.<br />
The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />
3.3.1 Maintains professional credentials that are specifically related to the<br />
currently practiced discipline(s).<br />
3.3.2 Participates in continuing education activities through professional<br />
societies and organizations, to enhance knowledge, skills and<br />
performance.<br />
STANDARD - Collaboration<br />
3.4 Quality patient care is provided when all members of the health care team<br />
communicate and collaborate efficiently.<br />
47
The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />
3.4.1 Promotes a positive and collaborative atmosphere with all members of<br />
the health care team.<br />
3.4.2 Effectively communicates with all members of the health care team<br />
regarding the welfare of the patient.<br />
3.4.3 Shares knowledge and expertise with colleagues, patients, students,<br />
and all members of the health care team.<br />
STANDARD - Ethics<br />
3.5 All decisions made and actions taken on behalf of the patient adhere to the Code of<br />
Ethics 17 upon which the accepted professional standards are based.<br />
The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />
3.5.1 Adheres to the accepted professional ethical standards as defined by<br />
the Code of Ethics.<br />
3.5.2 Is accountable for professional judgments and decisions, as outlined<br />
in the professional standard of ethics.<br />
3.5.3 Provides patient care with bias toward none and equal respect for all.<br />
3.5.4 Respects and promotes patients rights.<br />
3.5.5 Provides patient care with respect for patient dignity and needs.<br />
3.5.6 Acts as a patient advocate supporting patient rights.<br />
3.5.7 Adheres to the established professional performance standards of<br />
practice.<br />
Copyright © 1993-2000<br />
Society of Diagnostic Medical Sonography<br />
Dallas, Texas USA<br />
All Rights Reserved Worldwide<br />
Organizations which endorse the Scope of Practices and Practice Standards may use them for their own<br />
internal use, including copying or distributing the text, provided that the text is reproduced in its entirety<br />
with no changes, and includes proper attribution and the copyright notice displayed above.<br />
E. The Myth of "Registry-Eligible"<br />
The short list of things many folks believe in, but are not real:<br />
Santa Claus<br />
Easter Bunny<br />
A free lunch<br />
ARDMS "registry-eligible" classification<br />
Thousands, perhaps tens of thousands, of ultrasound providers are working in hospitals and<br />
other imaging facilities throughout the country by invoking the ARDMS credentialing category,<br />
"registry-eligible". Recruitment ads for sonographers, vascular sonographers, and cardiac<br />
sonographers routinely call for employment candidates who have ARDMS certification or who are<br />
"registry-eligible". Some sonographers have created long-term careers without ever having<br />
acquired ARDMS certification because they fulfill the job description qualification of "registryeligible".<br />
Problem is, that like the Easter Bunny, "registry-eligible" simply does not exist.<br />
48
In an interview with the ARDMS Executive Director, Dale Cyr, the issue of "registry-eligible" came<br />
up for discussion. Mr. Cyr stated, "ARDMS does not recognize the term "registry-eligible". We<br />
have three recognized levels within our examination process:<br />
1. Applicant: an individual sends in an application for internal review in hopes he/she will be<br />
allowed to sit for our examination(s).<br />
2. Candidate: an applicant has met all required prerequisites and is allowed to sit for<br />
ARDMS examination(s). A candidate will receive official notification in the mail and has<br />
90 days to take the approved examination(s).<br />
3. Registrant: a candidate has successfully completed a Physics (or Principles) and<br />
Instrumentation examination with a correlating specialty examination to earn a RDMS,<br />
RDCS, or RVT credential.<br />
It is also important to note that first-time candidates have 5 years to successfully complete both<br />
examinations (physics and correlating specialty), from the time they are officially notified that they<br />
are a candidate. Failure to achieve the first credential prior to the end of the 5 year timeframe will<br />
require reapplying as a first-time candidate and retaking any previous examination to achieve an<br />
ARDMS credential (RDMS, RDCS, RVT, ROUB)."<br />
Patients served by sonographers throughout the country deserve the highest quality provider<br />
accountability tool available. The "gold standard" within the ultrasound community is ARDMS<br />
certification.<br />
"Registry-eligible" is a myth and the patients we serve deserve more than myth.<br />
For information, visit the ARDMS website at: http://www.ardms.org<br />
F. Model Job Description: Diagnostic Medical Sonographer<br />
The following is a recommended MODEL job description for the position of Diagnostic Medical<br />
Sonographer. This model job description is basic and may be used as is or modified as<br />
necessary to meet other specific requirements of employment.<br />
For additional related information, see the Scope of Practice for the Diagnostic Ultrasound<br />
Professional (http://www.sdms.org/positions/scope.asp) and the Diagnostic Ultrasound Clinical<br />
Practice Standards (http://www.sdms.org/positions/clinicalpractice.asp).<br />
JOB TITLE<br />
• Diagnostic Medical Sonographer<br />
JOB DESCRIPTION<br />
• A Diagnostic Medical Sonographer is a Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional that is qualified<br />
by professional credentialing and academic and clinical experience to provide diagnostic<br />
patient care services using ultrasound and related diagnostic procedures. The scope of<br />
practice of the Diagnostic Medical Sonographer includes those procedures, acts and<br />
processes permitted by law, for which the individual has received education and clinical<br />
experience, has demonstrated competency, and has completed the appropriate ARDMS<br />
certification(s) which is the standard of practice in ultrasound.<br />
ORGANIZATIONAL REPORTING RELATIONSHIP<br />
• Administrative Supervisor: Chief Sonographer *<br />
• Medical Supervisor: Attending or Supervising Physician *<br />
49
* As defined by institution.<br />
JOB SUMMARY<br />
• The Diagnostic Medical Sonographer is responsible for the independent operation of<br />
sonographic equipment, and for performing and communicating results of diagnostic<br />
examinations using sonography.<br />
• The Diagnostic Medical Sonographer is responsible for daily operations of the sonographic<br />
laboratory, patient schedule, equipment maintenance, the report of equipment failures, and<br />
quality assessment (QA). The sonographer maintains a high standard of medical ethics at all<br />
times and is self-motivated to increase level of understanding and knowledge of the field,<br />
disease, and new procedures as they evolve.<br />
ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS<br />
• Performs clinical assessment and diagnostic sonography examinations.<br />
• Uses cognitive sonographic skills to identify, record, and adapt procedures as appropriate to<br />
anatomical, pathological, diagnostic information and images.<br />
• Uses independent judgment during the sonographic exam to accurately differentiate between<br />
normal and pathologic findings.<br />
• Analyses sonograms, synthesizes sonographic information and medical history, and<br />
communicates findings to the appropriate physician.<br />
• Coordinates work schedule with Departmental Director and/or scheduling desk to assure<br />
workload coverage.<br />
• Assumes responsibility for the safety, mental and physical comfort of patients while they are<br />
in the sonographer's care.<br />
• Assists with the daily operations of the sonographic laboratory.<br />
• Maintains a daily log of patients seen / completes exam billing forms.<br />
• Maintains ultrasound equipment and work area, and maintains adequate supplies.<br />
• Participates in the maintenance of laboratory accreditation.<br />
• Establishes and maintains ethical working relationships and good rapport with all interrelating<br />
hospitals, referral or commercial agencies.<br />
• Performs other work-related duties as assigned.<br />
EXAMPLES OF DUTIES & RESPONSIBILITIES<br />
• Performs all requested sonographic examinations as ordered by the attending physician.<br />
• Prepares preliminary reports and contacts referring physicians when required, according to<br />
established procedures.<br />
• Coordinates with other staff to assure appropriate patient care is provided.<br />
• Addresses problems of patient care as they arise and makes decisions to appropriately<br />
resolve the problems.<br />
• Organizes daily work schedule and performs related clerical duties as required.<br />
• Assumes responsibility for the safety and well-being of all patients in the sonographic<br />
area/department.<br />
• Reports equipment failures to the appropriate supervisor or staff member.<br />
• Provides in-service education team on requirements of sonographic procedures as requested<br />
by other members of the health care team.<br />
• Performs other related duties as assigned.<br />
QUALIFICATIONS<br />
Education<br />
• Graduate of a formal Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program or Cardiovascular Technology<br />
Program that is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education<br />
Programs (CAAHEP) is required.<br />
• Bachelor of Science degree in Diagnostic Medical Sonography is desirable.<br />
50
Required Licenses/Certifications<br />
• Active certification by American Registry of Diagnostic Medical Sonographers (ARDMS) in<br />
the specialty(ies) as appropriate.<br />
• Current compliance with Continuing Medical Education (CME) requirements for specialty(ies)<br />
as appropriate.<br />
Experience<br />
• As defined by institution.<br />
Demonstration of Skills and Abilities<br />
• Ability to effectively operate sonographic equipment.<br />
• Ability to evaluate sonograms in order to acquire appropriate diagnostic information.<br />
• Ability to integrate diagnostic sonograms, laboratory results, patient history and medical<br />
records, and adapt sonographic examination as necessary.<br />
• Ability to use independent judgment to acquire the optimum diagnostic sonographic<br />
information in each examination performed.<br />
• Ability to evaluate, synthesize, and communicate diagnostic information to the attending<br />
physician.<br />
• Ability to communicate effectively with the patient and the health care team, recognizing the<br />
special nature of sonographic examinations and patient’s needs.<br />
• Ability to establish and maintain effective working relationships with the public and health<br />
care team.<br />
• Ability to follow established departmental procedures.<br />
• Ability to work efficiently and cope with emergency situations.<br />
PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS<br />
The employee must be physically capable of carrying out all assigned duties:<br />
• Emotional and physical health sufficient to meet the demands of the position.<br />
• Strength sufficient to: lift some patients, move heavy equipment on wheels (up to<br />
approximately 500 lbs), and to move patients in wheelchairs and stretchers.<br />
• Ability to maintain prolonged arm positions necessary for scanning.<br />
RISK OF EXPOSURE TO BLOOD BORNE PATHOGENS<br />
• Category I – Tasks involve exposure to blood, body fluids, or tissues.<br />
SALARY/BENEFITS<br />
As defined by institution.<br />
(Note: Salary should be competitive for geographic location, practice setting, and practice<br />
specialty. Refer to the latest edition of the SDMS Annual Income Report for specific<br />
information.)<br />
Date Reviewed:<br />
_______________<br />
DEPARTMENT AND HUMAN RESOURCES APPROVAL:<br />
__________________________<br />
Department Approval<br />
_________________________<br />
Human Resources Approval<br />
51
G. MEMBERSHIP IN PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONS<br />
Society of Diagnostic Medical Sonography<br />
2745 Dallas Pkwy, Ste. 350<br />
Plano, TX 75093-8730<br />
Society membership (SDMS) is strongly encouraged. Attendance at local meetings,<br />
when sponsored by sonographic organizations, is strongly encouraged. Faculty may<br />
require attendance if the subject matter is part of a course being taught. <strong>Student</strong>s with<br />
faculty permission may also attend other meetings in the field of ultrasound.<br />
DMS <strong>Student</strong>s are encouraged to hold student membership in the national ultrasound<br />
society. Membership is not required as there is an annual membership fee. <strong>Student</strong><br />
(STU) applications may be downloaded and printed. Due to additional written<br />
documentation that must be provided by the Program Director, online<br />
applications are not available. Please go to:<br />
http://www.sdms.org/membership/apply.asp#print<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s who are interested: Complete the above application, attach the membership<br />
fee and submit with a letter of interest to your program director.<br />
Other professional membership options:<br />
AIUM: American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine<br />
ASRT: American Society for Radiologic Technology<br />
CSRT: California Society for Radiologic Technologists<br />
SVT: Society for Vascular Technology<br />
ASE: American Society for Echocardiography<br />
Other local, state and national societies.<br />
XIX. Patient Safety and Risk Management<br />
A. Age Appropriate Care: JCAHO Standards for AGE APPROPRIATE CARE<br />
Age Appropriate Care Through the Life Span<br />
The Joint Commission on the Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (JCAHO) requires that<br />
any healthcare providers who have patient contact be competent in age appropriate characteristics and<br />
needs. JCAHO requires that all individuals with patient contact receive education and training related to<br />
the characteristics and needs of the age groups with which they come into contact. Although the<br />
following information may include age groups with for which you do not provide care, it is important to<br />
understand an overview of the needs across the life span.<br />
52
AGE GROUPS: A DEFINITION<br />
Although it is not always clear when one age group ends and another begins, the following is a<br />
generalized definition of the age groups.<br />
Infant<br />
Toddler<br />
Preschool<br />
School Age<br />
Adolescent<br />
Young Adult<br />
Middle Age Adult<br />
Old Adult<br />
Birth to one year<br />
One to three years<br />
Three to five years<br />
Five to twelve years<br />
Twelve to eighteen years<br />
Eighteen to forty-four years<br />
Forty five to sixty five years<br />
Over sixty five<br />
Although all characteristics of an age group do not apply to all individuals, they are meant to be guidelines<br />
that should be considered when providing care to patients of differing ages.<br />
DEVELOPMENTAL NEEDS<br />
The developmental psychologist Erik Erikson probably most notably writes about developmental needs<br />
across the life span. He has identified eight stages with corresponding tasks that must be met and<br />
resolved in order for individuals to progress through the life span in a fulfilling manner.<br />
Health care providers must consider the developmental challenges facing their patients and adjust their<br />
care accordingly.<br />
ERIKSON’S STAGES<br />
Age Group Task Lack of Resolution<br />
Infant Development of trust Mistrust; failure to thrive<br />
Toddler<br />
Autonomy<br />
Self-control & will power<br />
Shame and doubt<br />
Low frustration tolerance<br />
Preschool<br />
Initiative; confidence<br />
Has purpose and direction<br />
Guilt<br />
Fear of punishment<br />
School age<br />
Industry; self-confidence<br />
Competency<br />
Inferiority<br />
Fears about meeting<br />
Adolescent<br />
Identify formation<br />
Devotion and fidelity<br />
Sense of self<br />
Intimacy<br />
Affiliation and love<br />
expectations<br />
Role confusion<br />
Poor self-concept<br />
Young Adult<br />
Isolation<br />
Avoidance of relationships<br />
Middle age Concern about others Stagnation; self-absorption<br />
Old age<br />
Ego integrity; wisdom<br />
Views life with satisfaction<br />
Lack of concern about others<br />
Despair<br />
Life is meaningless<br />
COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT THROUGH THE LIFE SPAN<br />
Developmental psychologist Jean Piaget is considered to be the primary source on how humans develop<br />
cognitively from birth through age twelve. He developed his theories after hundreds of hours of direct<br />
observation of children of all ages. Piaget defined three major stages of cognitive development: pre-<br />
53
operations, concrete operations and formal operations. He theorizes that cognitive development is nearly<br />
complete by age fifteen when the child is capable of abstract thought.<br />
AGE STAGE FEATURES<br />
Up to 2 years Sensorimotor thought Physical manipulation of<br />
objects<br />
2 to 7 years Peroperational symbolic Language development<br />
functioning<br />
7 to 11 years Concrete operations Logical reasoning<br />
Can solve concrete problems<br />
11 to 15 years Formal operations Fully developed<br />
Complex, logical abstract<br />
thought<br />
Manipulation of abstract<br />
concepts<br />
SAFETY THROUGH THE LIFE SPAN<br />
Safety is a basic human need that is of paramount importance to healthcare providers for all age groups<br />
of patients. During all phases of childhood and the later years safety needs are the greatest. Some<br />
childhood characteristics that make safety a primary concern are lack of impulse control, lack of good<br />
judgment, intense curiosity, and the need to develop autonomy. Older adults may suffer from cognitive<br />
impairment, sensory loss and the degenerative changes of aging. These make safety a primary concern<br />
for healthcare providers caring for an aging population.<br />
PHARMACOLOGY THROUGH THE LIFE SPAN<br />
Pharmacology dosage and route considerations vary according to the characteristics of virtually all age<br />
groups. For pre-adolescent children dosage is determined according to the weight of the child in<br />
kilograms. By the time a child reaches adolescence most adult dosages are usually acceptable. As with<br />
all medications, the nurse should be knowledgeable about any medication he/she is administering and<br />
should question or clarify any medication orders that are unclear or seem inappropriate.<br />
For children, the oral route of administration is preferred. Liquid forms should be used when appropriate.<br />
Pharmacological implications for very young children involve close monitoring of the effects of medication.<br />
In these age groups absorption and metabolic rates may be unpredictable.<br />
The aging adult population has special pharmacological considerations based on distinguishing<br />
characteristics of this group. Diminished blood flow, decreased peristalsis, and slowing of the basal<br />
metabolic rate lead to changes in physical functioning. As with young children, older adults may require<br />
close monitoring based on the unpredictability of absorption. A general rule with the elderly is to “start low<br />
and go slow.”<br />
If a swallowing disorder is a concern, medications may need to be crushed or given in liquid form.<br />
Always consult a pharmacist to see if either is a possibility since some medications may be time release,<br />
enteric-coated, sublingual, effervescent, or foul tasting.<br />
NUTRITION AND HYDRATION THROUGH THE LIFE SPAN<br />
Nutritional needs and considerations vary somewhat across the life span. Caloric requirements are<br />
greatest during infancy, adolescence, pregnancy and lactation.<br />
54
Infants require iron supplements and fat from whole milk. They should be introduced to solids beginning<br />
with cereal at four to six months of age. New foods should be introduced slowly so that intolerances can<br />
be determined.<br />
Toddlers like finger foods and should be introduced to utensils and cups instead of bottle-feeding and<br />
caregiver feeding. Preschoolers will begin to develop food preferences and the manual dexterity to use<br />
utensils. School age children prefer fast food and dining with friends.<br />
Adolescents, despite their increased nutritional needs, demonstrate irregular eating patterns and a<br />
preference for fast food and snacks. It is also during adolescence that eating disorders such as anorexia,<br />
bulimia and trendy diets may emerge.<br />
In the absence of pregnancy and lactation, the nutritional needs of the young and middle adult remain<br />
fairly constant. For the aging adult, fewer calories are required as appetite and digestive processes<br />
decrease. Other factors affecting nutritional status to be considered are dentition, financial resources,<br />
physical limitations and the ability to get to and from the store. “Meals on Wheels” may be a resource for<br />
the homebound elderly.<br />
AGE RELATED IMPLICATIONS FOR THE HEALTH CARE PROVIDER<br />
There are many other aspects of health care delivery that must be considered based on age<br />
characteristics. These include patient and family education, discharge planning, motivational techniques,<br />
ability to participate in care, communication techniques, and the impact of illness or hospitalization on the<br />
patient.<br />
The families of infants and the cognitively impaired must be the focus of teaching. Toddlers and school<br />
age children, however, must be given explanations according to their developmental stages. Very often<br />
dolls and puppets may be effective props for teaching these age groups.<br />
Discharge planning may also be affected by the age of the patient. Age appropriate community resources<br />
must be considered. Reporting mechanisms and agencies for age related abuse also vary.<br />
A patient’s level of involvement in care is also affected by age. While a minor may have an opinion<br />
regarding healthcare, decision-making is usually placed on the parent or legal guardian. At the other end<br />
of the life span, the older adult may be physically or cognitively impaired and unable to participate in<br />
certain decisions or aspects of his/her care.<br />
The meaning of illness and hospitalization varies widely across the life span. For an infant, it means<br />
separation from the primary caregiver. For a school age child it means missing school. For an adolescent<br />
it means separation from the peer group. For the young adult illness may mean loss of a job. For the<br />
older adult, illness may bring up issues of physical decline or mortality.<br />
REFERENCE: http://www.thenurseagency.com<br />
B. Process of Reporting Complications<br />
The policy for reporting complications is to report any occurrences to the ultrasound<br />
supervisor as soon as the incident occurs. This includes complications or incidents<br />
involving complaints or injuries to the patient and also complaints or injuries of the<br />
employee. An incident report will be filled out the same day and given to the ultrasound<br />
supervisor. If the ultrasound supervisor is not available, the incident should be reported to<br />
the office manager and/or medical director. All employees should be made aware of the<br />
location of incident forms.<br />
55
C. Infectious Diseases<br />
The policy for preventing the spread of infectious disease and hand washing policies<br />
follow the guidelines developed by the U.S. Department of Labor Occupational Safety<br />
and Health Administration (OSHA). See attached. Reference: www.osha.gov<br />
D. Communicable Diseases<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s may need to be restricted from clinical work settings during the incubation<br />
period of a communicable disease and/or during a known period of communicability.<br />
1. <strong>Student</strong>s with a suspected diagnosis of the following diseases must report the<br />
infection to the program director. Confirmation and treatment if desired or<br />
recommendation will be required:<br />
Chicken pox (required)<br />
scabies/lice<br />
Hepatitis-acute<br />
tuberculosis<br />
Measles (rubella)<br />
2. During a known period of communicability, students may not work in the clinical<br />
setting unless authorized to do so.<br />
3. <strong>Student</strong>s assigned to clinical settings may require restrictions if diagnosed or<br />
suspected of having the following communicable diseases:<br />
Conjunctivitis<br />
herpes zoter (shingles)<br />
Hepatitis<br />
herpes simplex (cold sores)<br />
Influenza<br />
skin infections<br />
Herpes Whitlow (finger)<br />
4. Non-immune students who have been accepted into the program should notify the<br />
program director following exposure to any of the following communicable diseases:<br />
Chicken pox<br />
rubella<br />
Mumps<br />
herpes zoter<br />
Hepatitis (acute)<br />
measles<br />
5. Any time missed due to illness or any nature is considered absence and will be<br />
handled according to attendance policies established by the program.<br />
E. Transducer Cleaning<br />
The policy for cleaning and preparing endocavitary ultrasound transducers between<br />
patients follows the recommended guidelines produced by the AIUM Ultrasound Practice<br />
Committee as found in the AIUM Reporter 11:7, 1995.<br />
The following specific recommendations were made for the use of endocavitary<br />
ultrasound transducers:<br />
1. Cleaning<br />
After removal of the probe cover, use running water to remove any residual gel or<br />
debris from the probe. Use a damp gauze pad other soft clot and a small amount of<br />
nonabrasive liquid soap to thoroughly cleanse the transducer. Consider the use of a<br />
small brush especially for the crevices and areas of angulation depending on the<br />
design of your particular transducer. Rinse the transducer thoroughly with running<br />
water, and then dry the transducer with a soft cloth or paper towel.<br />
2. Disinfection<br />
a. If a sterile processing department is available, take the transducer to sterile<br />
processing for further disinfection. Upon completion of the sterile processing,<br />
return transducer to carrying case until the next usage.<br />
56
. Cleaning with a detergent/water solution as described above is clearly the<br />
cornerstone of disinfection. However, additional use of liquid chemical<br />
germicides may help to ensure further statistical reduction in microbial load.<br />
Because of the variance of the cleaning process and the potential disruption<br />
of the barrier sheath, addition disinfection with chemical agents may be<br />
desirable. Examples of such chemical agents include but are not limited to<br />
2.4-3.2% glutaraldehyde products (a variety of available<br />
proprietary products including "Cidex", "Metricide," or "Procide."<br />
Common household bleach (5.25% sodium hypochlorite) diluted to<br />
yield 500 parts per million chlorine (10cc in one liter of tap water)<br />
Iodophor disinfectant/detergents (hard surface disinfectants diluted<br />
for use per manufacturer's instruction [e.g., "Westcodyne"]).<br />
Antiseptic-type iodophors (e.g., "Betadine") are not acceptable for<br />
use as disinfectants.<br />
Practioners should consult the labels of proprietary products for specific instructions.<br />
They should also consult instrument manufacturers regarding compatibility of those<br />
agents with probes. Note that such agents are potentially toxic and many require<br />
adequate precautions such as proper ventilation, personal protective devices (gloves,<br />
face/eye protection, etc.) and thorough rinsing before reuse of the probe.<br />
3. Probe Covers<br />
The transducer should be covered with a barrier, usually a latex condom. These<br />
should be non-lubricated and non-medicated. Practioners should be aware that<br />
condoms have a six-fold enhanced AQL (acceptable quality level) when compared to<br />
standard examination gloves. They have an AQL equal to that of surgical gloves.<br />
Occasionally, patients may be latex-sensitive, and alternative barriers (vinyl) should<br />
then be used.<br />
4. Aseptic Technique<br />
Obviously, for the protection of the patient and the sonographer, all endocavitary<br />
examinations should be performed with the operator properly gloved throughout the<br />
procedure. Gloves should be used to remove the condom or other barrier from the<br />
transducer and to wash the transducer as outlined above. As the barrier (condom) is<br />
removed, care should be taken not to contaminate the probe with secretions from the<br />
patient. At the completion of the procedure, hand should be washed with soap and<br />
water. Note" Obvious disruption in condom integrity does NOT require modification of<br />
this protocol. These guidelines take into account possible probe contamination due to<br />
a disruption in the barrier sheath.<br />
F. Universal Precautions<br />
The policy regarding universal precautions follows the guidelines developed by the U.S.<br />
Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). See<br />
attached. Reference: www.osha.gov<br />
Blood Borne Pathogens<br />
Bloodborne pathogens are infectious microorganisms in human blood that can cause<br />
disease in humans. These pathogens include, but are not limited to, hepatitis B (HBV),<br />
hepatitis C (HCV) and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). Needlesticks and other<br />
sharps-related injuries may expose workers to bloodborne pathogens. Workers in many<br />
occupations, including first aid team members, housekeeping personnel in some<br />
industries, nurses and other healthcare personnel may be at risk of exposure to<br />
bloodborne pathogens.<br />
57
How to control exposure to bloodborne pathogens?<br />
In order to reduce or eliminate the hazards of occupational exposure to bloodborne<br />
pathogens, an employer must implement an exposure control plan for the worksite with<br />
details on employee protection measures. The plan must also describe how an employer<br />
will use a combination of engineering and work practice controls, ensure the use of<br />
personal protective clothing and equipment, provide training , medical surveillance,<br />
hepatitis B vaccinations, and signs and labels, among other provisions. Engineering<br />
controls are the primary means of eliminating or minimizing employee exposure and<br />
include the use of safer medical devices, such as needleless devices, shielded needle<br />
devices, and plastic capillary tubes.<br />
How can OSHA Help?<br />
OSHA has developed this webpage to provide workers and employers useful, up-to-date<br />
information on bloodborne pathogens. For other valuable worker protection information,<br />
such as Workers' Rights, Employer Responsibilities and other services OSHA offers,<br />
read OSHA's Workers page.<br />
If you are stuck by a needle or other sharp or get blood or other<br />
potentially infectious materials in your eyes, nose, mouth, or on<br />
broken skin, immediately flood the exposed area with water and<br />
clean any wound with soap and water or a skin disinfectant if<br />
available. Report this immediately to your employer and seek<br />
immediate medical attention.<br />
http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/bbp/universal.html<br />
G. Emergency Procedures<br />
For hospital employees, refer to hospital wide emergency preparedness plan. For<br />
outpatient services employ the following standard provided by the U.S Department of<br />
Health and Human Services- Center of Disease Control. Visit the website for up-to-date<br />
emergency preparedness information at http://www.bt.cdc.gov/planning.<br />
Examples of readily available information:<br />
Preparedness for Specific Types of Emergencies<br />
Bioterrorism Emergencies Anthrax, smallpox...more<br />
Chemical Emergencies<br />
Mass Casualties<br />
Natural Disasters<br />
Radiation Emergencies<br />
Preparedness for Healthcare Facilities<br />
Adapting Standards of Care under Extreme Conditions: Guidance for<br />
Professionals During Disasters, Pandemics, and Other Extreme Emergencies<br />
Bioterrorism Readiness Plan: A Template for Healthcare Facilities<br />
Hospital Preparedness for Mass Causalities<br />
OSHA Best Practices for Hospital-Based First Receivers of Victims<br />
58
XX. Equipment Safety And Maintenance<br />
Safety Checks<br />
Safety checks for electrical and transducer cord integrity should be performed daily. Any potential<br />
electrical faults should be reported immediately and the equipment should be taken out of<br />
commission until it is repaired and inspected by an authorized service representative.<br />
Calibration<br />
Calibration of the ultrasound machine will be performed by the service representative on an<br />
annual basis as part of the preventative maintenance process. If the machine is not functioning<br />
properly, an interim calibration may be necessary. The calibration should include phantom<br />
images to meet the AIUM and/or ACR accreditation criteria for quality assurance.<br />
Maintenance Procedures<br />
Maintenance contracts will remain current between the vendors and administration. Preventative<br />
maintenance will be performed on each machine on an annual basis with interim service calls as<br />
needed to ensure the proper functioning of all equipment.<br />
XXI. Technical Protocols<br />
A. DMS Program On-Campus: Scanning Protocol<br />
‣ Data from the AIUM is provided for clinical reference<br />
o Refer to the web links in the following pages for clarification<br />
o Entire documents are not included in this protocol; numbering will appear to be<br />
incorrect in some areas<br />
‣ You will complete the assigned images from this document while on campus<br />
‣ All scans on campus begin with long/trans and short/long survey scans<br />
‣ You will create scanning protocol for some exams based on AIUM and affiliate guidelines<br />
‣ You will follow data similar to the AIUM guidelines at each clinical facility<br />
‣ Each facility will utilize a variation of these protocol<br />
B. CAMPUS SCANNING POLICIES<br />
Right hand<br />
o “contaminated,” hold gel bottle, transducer; scanning hand<br />
Left hand<br />
o “clean,” manipulate instrumentation, keyboard, moniter/screen, printer, nonpatient/gel<br />
covered areas; stays free of gel and transducer<br />
Begin by typing information (prior to touching transducer)<br />
Place thermographic paper into printer prior to touching gel bottle<br />
Hold transducer properly & manipulate correctly<br />
Use proper scanning ergonomics<br />
Find the proper scanning depth (ie: liver/kidney interface) and do not change this depth<br />
o This applies ONLY to the campus laboratory<br />
Use RES/expand/enlarge when appropriate<br />
o DO NOT eliminate necessary surrounding tissue on any image<br />
o DO NOT RES/EXPAND all images<br />
Use appropriate transducer (footprint, frequency, shape) for anatomy in question<br />
o Switch transducers throughout exam as needed for anatomy & anomalies<br />
Adjust technical factors throughout the examination to improve image quality<br />
59
o On campus: “Perfection” is the goal<br />
o At clinic: Diagnostic quality is the outcome<br />
Adjust focal zone locations for proper image resolution and detail<br />
o These will vary throughout the exam<br />
Maintain 90 degree relationship with anatomical interface and the sound beam<br />
Sonography is “organ specific.” Align scan plane to longitudinal axis or short axis<br />
especially with required measurements<br />
o Long and short axes are not necessarily sagittal and transverse<br />
Label based on primary scan plane (long/sag, transverse, coronal, tangential, axial)<br />
o MSK: Long Axis and Short Axis<br />
o Breast: Long, Trans, Radial, Antiradial; quadrant may be used<br />
Label organ; body side; scanning plane; patient position (supine is usually implied)<br />
Measure (ON CAMPUS) length in sagittal/ long axis plane; width and depth (AP) in short<br />
axis/transverse plane<br />
o AIUM guidelines may state differently<br />
o There is a purpose for this policy on campus<br />
Doppler implies Pulsed Wave (PW) unless otherwise identified<br />
When color Doppler is required: take the image with color Doppler and print.<br />
o The image will show the “color” in shades of white on the thermographic print<br />
When printing (thermographic paper):<br />
o Take/print required images in the order requested<br />
• I will review the date and time of the image<br />
• Use a single system<br />
o Do NOT separate images (keep in a single strand)<br />
o Additional images will result in points being deducted from your score—unless a<br />
position change is required; i.e.: erect for pancreas, or water-filled stomach for<br />
pancreas<br />
• Should additional images be essential, document rationale<br />
o Do not eliminate required images from the required submitted list. This will place<br />
your images out of order and lower your score.<br />
• If you can’t get the image required: take what you can and move on.<br />
Something is better than nothing.<br />
Use proper breathing &/or bladder preparation techniques and modify as required<br />
o When preparing to be an abdominal “patient” in the US lab, avoid fatty foods, and<br />
other foods that contract the GB. <strong>Student</strong>s should NEVER come to class NPO.<br />
Align the table, scanning system, scanning chair, and patient to YOUR body habitus<br />
Use adequate amount of scanning gel<br />
o Too little will diminish image quality<br />
o Too much is wasteful, inappropriate, unprofessional, and really makes a mess<br />
o Additional gel, if needed, may be added throughout the exam<br />
Use adequate amount of scanning pressure (transducer compression)<br />
o Most abdominal exams require about 40 pounds of pressure<br />
o When possible use less force (generating a hematoma on the patient is NOT the<br />
goal)<br />
o When additional pressure is essential…consider standing<br />
When exam is complete: Wipe gel off patient and clean equipment; return system, table,<br />
and chair to routine position<br />
Use YOUR towels to clean YOUR skin; use the school’s towels to clean the machine; use<br />
your “patient’s” towels to clean your “patient”<br />
Never rest the transducer on the “patient’s” skin. Return the probe to the holder when not<br />
in use…after removing gel/wiping clean<br />
Use proper medical/sonography terminology and language while in the lab<br />
Maintain a professional attitude and demeanor at all times<br />
Complete required worksheets using proper medical terms and avoid personal<br />
conclusions or negative observations<br />
60
Wear uniforms in the laboratory as required<br />
No food or drink in the lab<br />
o Exception: For courses that require a filled urinary bladder, or filled stomach<br />
technique, you may bring a bottle of water (with re-sealable cap)<br />
o No gum, candy, or other products designed for oral consumption<br />
Rotate as required during lab courses: All students will assume both sonographer and<br />
“patient” roles in lab.<br />
During “after-class” scanning: document your time on your scanning hours form, and in<br />
the lab sign-in log book; a faculty member must be present<br />
During open lab you may scan anyone who is over the age of 18, does not have a known<br />
pathologic condition, and is not and does not suspect being pregnant;<br />
o patients will sign a release prior to your scanning session<br />
o neither a diagnosis nor finding will be shared with a “patient”<br />
o should you determine, on a pelvic exam, that your patient may be or is pregnant:<br />
STOP<br />
Data from the AIUM (American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine)<br />
Complete Policy for Practice Guidelines: (www.aium.org)<br />
Practice Guidelines may be downloaded for free on the website by members and<br />
nonmembers.<br />
Individuals may make as many photocopies as needed of the guidelines.<br />
http://aium.org/resources/guidelines/documentation.pdf<br />
C. AIUM Practice Guideline for Documentation of an Ultrasound<br />
Examination<br />
Introduction<br />
Adequate documentation by all members of the diagnostic ultrasound health care team is<br />
essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a permanent record of the ultrasound<br />
examination and its interpretation. Images of all relevant areas, both normal and abnormal,<br />
should be recorded in a retrievable format. Retention of the ultrasound images and report should<br />
be consistent both with clinical needs and with relevant legal and local health care facility<br />
requirements. The reader is urged to refer also to the individual guidelines for each ultrasound<br />
examination since they may contain additional documentation requirements.<br />
Documentation Included for the Ultrasound Examination<br />
Official documentation for the ultrasound images should include but is not limited to the following:<br />
• Patient’s name and other identifying information.<br />
• Facility identifying information.<br />
• Date of ultrasound examination.<br />
• Image orientation when appropriate.<br />
If a worksheet is utilized and retained, documentation should include:<br />
• Patient’s name and other identifying information.<br />
• Date of ultrasound examination.<br />
• Relevant clinical information and/or ICD 9 code.<br />
• Specific ultrasound examination requested.<br />
• Name of patient’s health care provider and contact information as appropriate.<br />
61
Final Report Provided by the Interpreting Physician<br />
A final report of the ultrasound findings is included in the patient’s medical record. The official final<br />
report should include but is not limited to the following:<br />
• Patient’s name and other identifying information.<br />
• Name of patient’s health care provider.<br />
• Location of ultrasound facility and contact information.<br />
• Relevant clinical information, including indication for the examination and/or<br />
ICD 9 code.<br />
• Date of ultrasound examination.<br />
• Specific ultrasound examination performed.<br />
• If endocavitary techniques are used, the method should be specified.<br />
• The report should include comment on the components of the examination as<br />
outlined in the relevant practice guideline(s).<br />
• Appropriate anatomic and sonographic terminology should be used; variations<br />
from normal size should be accompanied by measurements when appropriate<br />
(eg, organomegaly, masses); and limitations of the examination should be noted.<br />
• Pertinent, commonly utilized anatomic measurements should be listed (eg, fetal<br />
biometry).<br />
• Comparison with prior relevant imaging studies if available; recommendations,<br />
including appropriate follow-up studies; an impression or conclusion; and a<br />
specific diagnosis or differential diagnosis should all be included.<br />
• The final report should be generated, signed, and dated by the interpreting<br />
physician in accordance with state and federal requirements. (Electronic<br />
signature, transmission, and storage of the report is acceptable if patient privacy<br />
is ensured and legal requirements are met.) Verified final reports must be<br />
available within 24 hours of completion of the exam or, for nonemergency<br />
cases, by the next business day; exceptions to this time frame must be clarified.<br />
• Reports should be completed and transmitted to the patient’s health care<br />
provider in a timely fashion and in accordance with state and federal<br />
requirements.<br />
Nonroutine Results Reporting<br />
Preliminary Report Policy<br />
In an outpatient setting, sonographers are not permitted to give preliminary results to the<br />
referring physicians. The only exception would be if it were an emergent case in which the<br />
patient's condition will greatly suffer from even a slight delay. Examples include testicular<br />
or ovarian torsion, aortic dissection, and cardiac tamponade. In such cases, if a<br />
Radiologist is not immediately available, a preliminary verbal impression can be made to<br />
the referring physician followed by a written note documenting the conversation and<br />
confirming the information as "preliminary" with the formal Radiologist report to follow.<br />
In "inpatient" or hospital settings where the referring physician may shadow the<br />
sonographer and ask for a verbal impression, it is acceptable to give a verbal preliminary<br />
report with an absolute declaration that this is merely a "preliminary sonographer<br />
impression" and that the Radiologist will read the films shortly and follow with the official<br />
results. Every effort should be made to not offer preliminary findings and wait for the<br />
Radiologist's report.<br />
62
The Radiologists can give preliminary reports verbally, by phone, by fax, or through the<br />
standard dictation procedure. The standard policy is a one-hour turn around on<br />
emergency cases, and 24-48 hour turn around of reports from dictation to mailing for<br />
nonemergent cases.<br />
Reconciliation between differences of preliminary and final reports will be reported<br />
immediately to the referring physician and a record will be kept in a permanent Q.A. file.<br />
In certain instances, the results of the ultrasound study may need to be directly conveyed<br />
to the patient’s referring health care provider prior to the final report. Documentation of<br />
this communication in the final report, including date, time, and to whom the findings were<br />
reported, is necessary. Any variation from the preliminary report should be communicated<br />
with the patient’s physician and highlighted in the final report.<br />
If results of the ultrasound exam are considered by the interpreting physician to be<br />
important and unexpected, or require urgent intervention to ensure appropriate patient<br />
care, communication should occur directly between the interpreting physician and the<br />
patient’s health care provider. Communication by phone or in person is preferred to allow<br />
verification of receipt and discussion and should occur in a timely manner in accordance<br />
with the patient’s clinical state and the ultrasound findings, typically immediately following<br />
the exam. The final report should include all of the elements noted in section III, as well as<br />
the date, time, and method that the report was conveyed to the patient’s health care<br />
provider.<br />
Specifications for Individual Examinations<br />
Spectral, color, and power Doppler imaging may be useful to differentiate vascular from nonvascular<br />
structures in any location. Measurements should be considered for any abnormal area.<br />
D. AIUM Practice Guideline for the Performance of an Ultrasound<br />
Examination of the Abdomen and/or Retroperitoneum<br />
http://www.aium.org/resources/guidelines/abdominal.pdf<br />
Indications/Contraindications<br />
Indications for an ultrasound examination of the abdomen and/or retroperitoneum include but are<br />
not limited to:<br />
A. Abdominal, flank, and/or back pain.<br />
B. Signs or symptoms that may be referred from the abdominal and/or<br />
retroperitoneal regions such as jaundice or hematuria.<br />
C. Palpable abnormalities such as an abdominal mass or organomegaly.<br />
D. Abnormal laboratory values or abnormal findings on other imaging<br />
examinations suggestive of abdominal and/or retroperitoneal pathology.<br />
E. Follow-up of known or suspected abnormalities in the abdomen and/or<br />
retroperitoneum.<br />
F. Search for metastatic disease or an occult primary neoplasm.<br />
G. Evaluation of suspected congenital abnormalities.<br />
H. Abdominal trauma.<br />
I. Pretransplantation and posttransplantation evaluation.<br />
J. Planning for and guiding an invasive procedure.<br />
K. Searching for presence of free or loculated peritoneal and/or retroperitoneal<br />
fluid.<br />
63
L. Suspicion of hypertrophic pyloric stenosis or intussusceptions.<br />
M. Evaluation of a urinary tract infection.<br />
An abdominal and/or retroperitoneal ultrasound examination should be performed when there is a<br />
valid medical reason. There are no absolute contraindications.<br />
Written Request for the Examination<br />
The written or electronic request for an ultrasound examination should provide sufficient<br />
information to allow for the appropriate performance and interpretation of the examination. The<br />
request for the examination must be originated by a physician or another appropriately licensed<br />
health care provider or under the physician’s or provider’s direction. The accompanying clinical<br />
information should be provided by a physician or another appropriate health care provider familiar<br />
with the patient’s clinical situation and should be consistent with relevant legal and local health<br />
care facility requirements.<br />
Documentation<br />
Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a permanent<br />
record of the ultrasound examination and its interpretation. Images of all appropriate areas, both<br />
normal and abnormal, should be recorded. Variations from normal size should be accompanied<br />
by measurements. Images should be labeled with the patient identification, facility identification,<br />
examination date, and side (right or left) of the anatomic site imaged.<br />
An official interpretation (final report) of the ultrasound findings should be included in the patient’s<br />
medical record. Retention of the ultrasound examination should be consistent both with clinical<br />
needs and with relevant legal and local health care facility requirements.<br />
Reporting should be in accordance with the AIUM Practice Guideline for Documentation of an<br />
Ultrasound Examination.<br />
Equipment Specifications<br />
Abdomen and/or retroperitoneum sonographic studies should be conducted with real-time<br />
scanners, preferably using sector or linear transducers. The equipment should be adjusted to<br />
operate at the highest clinically appropriate frequency, realizing that there is a trade-off between<br />
resolution and beam penetration. For most preadolescent pediatric patients, mean frequencies of<br />
5 MHz or greater are preferred, and in neonates and small infants a higherfrequency transducer<br />
is often necessary. For adults, mean frequencies between 2 and 5 MHz are most commonly<br />
used.<br />
When Doppler studies are performed, the Doppler frequency may differ from the imaging<br />
frequency. Image quality should be optimized while keeping total ultrasound exposure as low as<br />
reasonably achievable.<br />
Quality Control and Improvement, Safety, Infection Control, and Patient<br />
Education<br />
Policies and procedures related to quality control, patient education, infection control, and safety<br />
should be developed and implemented in accordance with the AIUM Standards and Guidelines<br />
for the Accreditation of Ultrasound Practices.<br />
Equipment performance monitoring should be in accordance with the AIUM Standards and<br />
Guidelines for the Accreditation of Ultrasound Practices.<br />
64
ALARA Principle<br />
The potential benefits and risks of each examination should be considered. The ALARA (as low<br />
as reasonably achievable) principle should be observed when adjusting controls that affect the<br />
acoustic output and by considering transducer dwell times. Further details on ALARA may be<br />
found in the AIUM publication Medical Ultrasound Safety, Second Edition.<br />
Liver (AIUM)<br />
The examination of the liver should include long-axis and transverse views. The liver<br />
parenchyma should be evaluated for focal and/or diffuse abnormalities. If possible, the<br />
echogenicity of the liver should be compared with that of the right kidney. In addition,<br />
the following should be imaged:<br />
a. The major hepatic and perihepatic vessels, including the inferior vena cava<br />
(IVC), the hepatic veins, the main portal vein, and, if possible, the right and<br />
left branches of the portal vein.<br />
b. The hepatic lobes (right, left, and caudate) and, if possible, the right<br />
hemidiaphragm and the adjacent pleural space.<br />
c. For vascular examinations of the native or transplanted liver, Doppler<br />
evaluation should be used to document blood flow characteristics and blood<br />
flow direction. The structures that may be examined include the main and<br />
intrahepatic arteries, the hepatic veins, the main and intrahepatic portal veins,<br />
the intrahepatic portion of the IVC, collateral venous pathways, and<br />
transjugular intrahepatic portosystemic shunt stents.<br />
65
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: LIVER<br />
Patient in supine position, unless otherwise indicated<br />
Use an Anterior-Posterior scan alignment, unless otherwise indicated<br />
SAGITTAL-LONGITUDINAL<br />
1. Left lobe<br />
2. Lateral to aorta; show lig venosum and caudate lobe<br />
3. Level of aorta<br />
4. level of IVC<br />
5. Right/lateral to IVC<br />
6. Right main lobar fissure (include GB)<br />
7. Right lobe (no kidney)<br />
8. Right lobe with renal interface<br />
9. Right lobe with renal interface using a coronal (through the ribs) approach<br />
10. Right with dome of the liver (may require steep cephalic transducer angle)<br />
TRANSVERSE<br />
1. Dome of liver (with steep cephalic transducer angle)<br />
2. Left lobe with lig teres/lig venosum/caudate lobe<br />
3. Left portal vein demonstrate lateral and medial branches<br />
a. Left lateral PV with Doppler (when required)<br />
b. Left medial PV with Doppler<br />
4. Right portal vein with anterior and posterior branches<br />
a. R anterior PV with Doppler<br />
b. R posterior PV with Doppler<br />
5. Main portal vein<br />
a. Main portal vein with Doppler<br />
6. Hepatic veins joining the IVC<br />
a. Left hepatic vein with Doppler<br />
b. Middle hepatic vein with Doppler<br />
c. Right hepatic vein with Doppler<br />
7. Right lobe of liver<br />
8. Right lobe of liver using a coronal (through the ribs) approach<br />
9. Right lobe with body of GB<br />
10. Right lobe with body of GB using a coronal approach<br />
11. Right lobe to include middle pole of right kidney<br />
12. Right lobe to include middle pole of kidney using coronal approach<br />
13. Right lobe of liver with inferior renal pole<br />
66
Gallbladder and Biliary Tract (AIUM)<br />
A routine gallbladder examination should be conducted on an adequately<br />
distended gallbladder whenever possible. In most cases, fasting before elective<br />
examination will permit adequate distension of a normally functioning gallbladder.<br />
In infants and children, fasting may not be necessary in all cases. The<br />
gallbladder evaluation should include long-axis and transverse views obtained in<br />
the supine position. Other positions such as left lateral decubitus, erect, and<br />
prone may be helpful to evaluate the gallbladder and its surrounding areas<br />
completely. Measurements may aid in determining gallbladder wall thickening. If<br />
the patient presents with pain, tenderness to transducer compression should be<br />
assessed.<br />
The intrahepatic ducts can be evaluated by obtaining views of the liver<br />
demonstrating the right and left branches of the portal vein. Doppler imaging may<br />
be used to differentiate hepatic arteries and portal veins from bile ducts. The<br />
intrahepatic and extrahepatic bile ducts should be evaluated for dilatation, wall<br />
thickening, intraluminal findings, and other abnormalities. The bile duct in the<br />
porta hepatis should be measured and documented. When visualized, the distal<br />
common bile duct in the pancreatic head should be evaluated.<br />
67
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Gallbladder<br />
Patient in supine position, unless otherwise indicated<br />
Use an Anterior-Posterior scan alignment, unless otherwise indicated<br />
SAGITTAL/LONGITUDINAL<br />
1. Medial wall (long axis)<br />
2. Midline of GB (longest axis); middle portion with neck, body and fundus.<br />
a. Include MLF and PV<br />
3. Measurement of middle portion/long axis of GB<br />
4. Measure the anterior GB wall<br />
5. Lateral wall (long axis)<br />
6. Coronal scan in long axis demonstrating the longest longitudinal image<br />
TRANSVERSE<br />
1. Neck of GB<br />
2. Body (short axis) use proper transducer angle (dependent upon the<br />
anatomy)<br />
3. Body with measurements<br />
4. Fundus<br />
5. Coronal image of GB body and measure<br />
DECUBITUS<br />
1. Long axis include MLF, PV, Middle portion of GB<br />
2. Demonstrate the CBD with PV; show duct length and include GB (long<br />
axis)<br />
3. Measure CBD in above position (inner to inner)<br />
4. Coronal plane demonstrate the long axis of the GB<br />
5. Coronal plane measure the CBD<br />
PRONE<br />
1. Demonstrate long axis/middle portion<br />
ERECT<br />
1. Long axis of GB<br />
68
Pancreas (AIUM)<br />
Whenever possible, all portions of the pancreas—head, uncinate process, body,<br />
and tail—should be identified. Orally administered water or a contrast agent may<br />
afford better visualization of the pancreas. The following should be assessed in<br />
the examination of the pancreas:<br />
a. Parenchymal abnormalities.<br />
b. The distal common bile duct in the region of the pancreatic head.<br />
c. The pancreatic duct for dilatation and any other abnormalities, with<br />
dilatation confirmed by measurement.<br />
d. The peripancreatic region for adenopathy and/or fluid.<br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Pancreas<br />
Patient in supine position, unless otherwise indicated<br />
Use an Anterior-Posterior scan alignment, unless otherwise indicated<br />
Transverse (long axis)<br />
Entire length of pancreas with head, body, tail and pancreatic duct (use fluid-filled<br />
stomach as window if necessary)<br />
Pancreatic head with GDA , CBD, and uncinate process<br />
Pancreatic neck and body with pancreatic duct<br />
Pancreatic body with splenic vein (more caudal) and portal confluence<br />
Doppler of splenic vein<br />
Pancreatic body with splenic artery (more cephalic)<br />
Doppler of splenic artery<br />
Pancreatic tail<br />
Longitudinal (short axis)<br />
Pancreatic head with GDA and CBD<br />
Pancreatic body measure depth<br />
Transverse/ Erect<br />
Length of gland (use water if not done previously)<br />
69
Bowel (AIUM)<br />
The bowel may be evaluated for wall thickening, dilatation, muscular<br />
hypertrophy, masses, vascularity, and other abnormalities. Sonography of the<br />
pylorus and surrounding structures may be indicated in evaluation of the vomiting<br />
infant. Graded compression sonography aids in the visualization of the appendix<br />
and other bowel loops. Measurements may aid in determining bowel wall<br />
thickening.<br />
Peritoneal Fluid (AIUM)<br />
Evaluation for free or loculated peritoneal fluid should include documentation of<br />
the extent and location of any fluid identified.<br />
For evaluating peritoneal spaces for bleeding after traumatic injury, particularly<br />
blunt trauma, the examination known as focused abdominal sonography for<br />
trauma (FAST, also known as focused assessment with sonography for trauma)<br />
may be performed.27 The objective of the abdominal portion of the FAST<br />
examination is to screen the abdomen for free fluid.<br />
Longitudinal and transverse plane images should be obtained in the right upper<br />
quadrant through the area of the liver with attention to fluid collections peripheral<br />
to the liver and in the subhepatic space. Longitudinal and transverse plane<br />
images should be obtained in the left upper quadrant through the area of the<br />
spleen with attention to fluid collections peripheral to the spleen.<br />
Longitudinal and transverse images should be obtained at the periphery of the<br />
left and right abdomen in the areas of the left and right paracolic gutters for<br />
evidence of free fluid.<br />
Longitudinal and transverse midline images of the pelvis are obtained to evaluate<br />
for free pelvic fluid. Analysis through a fluid-filled bladder (which if necessary can<br />
be filled through a Foley catheter, when possible) may help in evaluation of the<br />
pelvis.<br />
70
Aorta (AIUM)<br />
Representative images of the aorta should be obtained. When evaluation of the aorta is specifically<br />
requested, see the AIUM Practice Guideline for the Performance of Diagnostic and Screening Ultrasound<br />
of the Abdominal Aorta.<br />
Indications/Contraindications<br />
Indications for ultrasound of the abdominal aorta include but are not limited to:<br />
A. Diagnostic Evaluation for an Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm<br />
1. Palpable or pulsatile abdominal mass.<br />
2. Unexplained lower back pain, flank pain, or abdominal pain.<br />
3. Follow-up of a previously demonstrated abdominal aortic aneurysm.<br />
4. Follow-up of patients with an abdominal aortic and/or iliac endoluminal<br />
stent graft.<br />
B. Screening Evaluation for an Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm<br />
1. Men 65 years or older.<br />
2. Women 65 years or older with cardiovascular risk factors.<br />
3. Patients 50 years or older with a family history of aortic and/or<br />
peripheral vascular aneurismal disease.<br />
4. Patients with a personal history of peripheral vascular aneurysmal<br />
disease.<br />
Groups with additional risk include patients with a history of smoking, hypertension, and certain<br />
connective tissue diseases (eg, Marfan syndrome). There are no absolute contraindications to<br />
ultrasound of the aorta. If aortic rupture or dissection is clinically suspected, ultrasound is usually<br />
not the examination of choice.<br />
Specifications of the Examination<br />
Diagnostic Examination<br />
The examination includes the following, when feasible:<br />
1. Abdominal aorta:<br />
a. Longitudinal images (along the long axis of the vessel):<br />
i. Proximal<br />
ii. Mid<br />
iii. Distal.<br />
b. Transverse images (perpendicular to the long axis of the vessel):<br />
i. Proximal (near diaphragm)<br />
ii. Mid<br />
iii. Distal.<br />
c. Measurements:<br />
i. Measurements of the proximal, mid, and distal aorta should<br />
be obtained.<br />
1. Measurements are taken at the greatest diameter of<br />
the aorta from outer edge to outer edge.<br />
ii. If an aneurysm is present, the maximal size and location<br />
of the aneurysm should be documented and recorded.<br />
The relationship of the dilated segment to the renal<br />
arteries and to the aortic bifurcation should be<br />
determined if possible.<br />
71
ii. A measurement of the length of the aneurysm is not<br />
necessary.<br />
2. Common iliac arteries:<br />
a. Longitudinal images of the proximal right and left common iliac arteries<br />
(along the long axis of the vessel).<br />
b. Transverse images (perpendicular to the long axis of the vessel) of the<br />
proximal common iliac arteries just below the bifurcation.<br />
c. Measurement of the widest visualized portion of each common iliac<br />
artery from outer edge to outer edge.<br />
Color Doppler and/or spectral Doppler imaging with waveform analysis of the<br />
aorta and iliac arteries may provide additional information.<br />
After endoluminal graft placement, color (or power) Doppler imaging and spectral<br />
Doppler imaging are required to document the presence or absence of<br />
endoleaks.<br />
Interobserver measurements of an aortic aneurysm can vary by as much as 5<br />
mm. This variation makes visual comparison with previous studies particularly<br />
important to determine whether a significant change in size has occurred<br />
Screening Examination for an Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm<br />
1. Abdominal aorta:<br />
a. Longitudinal images (along the long axis of the vessel):<br />
i. Proximal;<br />
ii. Mid;<br />
iii. Distal.<br />
b. Transverse images (perpendicular to the long axis of the<br />
vessel):<br />
i. Proximal (near diaphragm);<br />
ii. Mid;<br />
iii. Distal.<br />
Interpretation of the screening examination should include at least 3<br />
categories:<br />
1. Positive—Infrarenal abdominal aortic aneurysm greater than or equal to 3 cm<br />
in diameter or greater than or equal to 1.5 times the diameter of the more<br />
proximal aorta.4 The latter definition is particularly important in women.<br />
2. Negative—No infrarenal abdominal aortic aneurysm.<br />
3. Indeterminate—Aneurysmal status not defined because of nonvisualization<br />
or only partial visualization of the infrarenal abdominal<br />
aorta.<br />
The report should also state whether the suprarenal aorta was seen and, if seen, should reflect<br />
whether it is normal.<br />
Documentation<br />
Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a permanent<br />
record of the ultrasound examination and its interpretation. Images of all appropriate areas, both<br />
normal and abnormal, should be recorded. Variations from normal size should be accompanied<br />
by measurements.<br />
Images should be labeled with the patient identification, facility identification, examination date,<br />
and the side (right or left) of the anatomic site imaged. An official interpretation (final report) of the<br />
72
ultrasound findings should be included in the patient’s medical record. Retention of the ultrasound<br />
examination should be consistent both with clinical needs and with relevant legal and local health<br />
care facility requirements.<br />
Inferior Vena Cava (AIUM)<br />
Representative images of the IVC should be obtained. Patency and abnormalities may be<br />
evaluated with Doppler imaging. Vena cava filters, interruption devices, and catheters may need<br />
to be localized with respect to the hepatic and/or renal veins<br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Aorta & IVC<br />
Patient in supine position, unless otherwise indicated<br />
Use an Anterior-Posterior scan alignment, unless otherwise indicated<br />
Use color Doppler as required<br />
AORTA<br />
Sagittal/Longitudinal<br />
Proximal AO with diaphragm and celiac axis<br />
Doppler of proximal AO above celiac<br />
axis<br />
Doppler of celiac axis<br />
Aorta with celiac axis and SMA<br />
Doppler of AO between these vessels<br />
Doppler SMA<br />
Aorta with SMA and IMA branches<br />
Doppler of mid/distal aorta<br />
Distal aorta with iliac branching<br />
Longitudinal right Iliac artery<br />
Doppler R iliac<br />
Longitudinal left iliac artery<br />
Doppler L iliac<br />
Transverse<br />
Proximal aorta above celiac trunk<br />
at celiac trunk<br />
below celiac trunk<br />
Measure<br />
at SMA<br />
at renal arteries<br />
Doppler right renal artery<br />
Doppler left renal artery<br />
Color of renal arteries<br />
Aortic measurement inferior to renal arteries<br />
Distal Aorta<br />
Distal with measurements<br />
Distal with bifurcation<br />
Distal below bifurcation to demonstrate<br />
R and L iliacs (one image)<br />
IVC<br />
Longitudinal<br />
Distal IVC (show diaphragm and liver tissue)<br />
Mid IVC<br />
Proximal show bifurcation<br />
R iliac vein<br />
L iliac vein<br />
Transverse<br />
Distal<br />
Middle<br />
Proximal<br />
Proximal with bifurcation (one image)<br />
73
Kidneys (AIUM)<br />
An examination of native or transplanted kidneys should include long-axis and transverse views<br />
of the kidneys. The cortices and renal pelvises should be assessed. A maximum measurement of<br />
renal length should be recorded for both kidneys. Decubitus, prone, or upright positioning may<br />
provide better images of the native kidneys. When possible, renal echogenicity should be<br />
compared to the adjacent liver or spleen. The kidneys and perirenal regions should be assessed<br />
for abnormalities.<br />
For a vascular examination of native or transplanted kidneys, Doppler imaging can be used:<br />
a. To assess renal arterial and venous patency.<br />
b. To evaluate suspected renal artery stenosis. For this application, angle-adjusted<br />
measurements of the peak systolic velocity should be made proximally, centrally, and<br />
distally in the extrarenal portion of the main renal arteries when possible. The peak<br />
systolic velocity of the adjacent aorta should also be documented for calculating the renal<br />
to aortic peak systolic velocity ratio. Spectral Doppler evaluation of the intrarenal arteries<br />
may be of value as indirect evidence of proximal stenosis in the main renal artery.<br />
c. For vascular examinations of transplanted kidneys, Doppler evaluation should be used<br />
to document vascular patency and blood flow characteristics. The structures that may be<br />
examined include the main renal artery and vein, arterial and venous anastomoses, the<br />
iliac artery and vein, and the intrarenal arteries<br />
Urinary Bladder and Adjacent Structures (AIUM)<br />
When performing a complete ultrasound evaluation of the urinary tract, transverse and<br />
longitudinal images of the distended urinary bladder and its wall should be included, if possible.<br />
Bladder lumen or wall abnormalities should be noted. Dilatation or other distal ureteral<br />
abnormalities should be documented. Transverse and longitudinal scans may be used to<br />
demonstrate any postvoid residual, which may be quantitated and reported.<br />
Adrenal Glands (AIUM)<br />
When possible, usually in the neonate or young infant, long-axis and transverse images of the<br />
adrenal glands may be obtained. Normal adrenal glands are less commonly shown by ultrasound<br />
imaging in adults.<br />
74
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Right & Left Kidneys<br />
Patient in supine position, unless otherwise indicated<br />
Use an Anterior-Posterior scan alignment, unless otherwise indicated<br />
All longitudinal images must show kidney horizontally while maintaining AP<br />
relationship<br />
Longitudinal:<br />
Medial<br />
Middle<br />
Middle: measure<br />
length<br />
Lateral<br />
Transverse<br />
Superior or upper pole<br />
Middle<br />
Middle measure width<br />
and depth (AP)<br />
Middle show hilum,<br />
renal artery<br />
Middle Doppler<br />
Inferior or lower pole<br />
Doppler arcuate artery<br />
Decubitus<br />
Left Lateral Decub<br />
(Right Kidney) Right<br />
Lateral Decub (Left<br />
Kidney)<br />
Coronal approach<br />
demonstrate Middle<br />
portion of kidney (long<br />
axis)<br />
Coronal approach<br />
demonstrate renal<br />
hilum in short axis<br />
Prone (place bolster or pillow<br />
under belly to arch back)<br />
Long axis of kidney<br />
middle pole<br />
Short axis of kidney<br />
middle pole<br />
Preparation: Filled urinary bladder<br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Urinary Bladder<br />
Long axis<br />
Midline<br />
Midline with length and depth measurements<br />
Right<br />
Lateral right<br />
Midline<br />
Left<br />
Lateral left<br />
Transverse axis<br />
Lower portion<br />
Middle portion<br />
Middle with width measurement<br />
Middle with ureteral jets<br />
(color Doppler)<br />
Superior portion<br />
Post void<br />
Midline Long axis with measurements<br />
Middle with measurement<br />
75
Spleen (AIUM)<br />
Obtain representative views of the spleen in long-axis & transverse projections.<br />
Splenic length measurement may be helpful in assessing enlargement.<br />
Echogenicity of the left kidney should be compared to splenic echogenicity when<br />
possible. An attempt should be made to demonstrate the left hemidiaphragm and<br />
the adjacent pleural space.<br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Spleen<br />
Patient in supine position, unless otherwise indicated<br />
Use an Anterior-Posterior scan alignment, unless otherwise indicated<br />
Longitudinal/coronal<br />
Superior border and<br />
splenic hilum<br />
Inferior border with<br />
splenic hilum<br />
Measure Longest axis<br />
Transverse/coronal<br />
Middle portion with<br />
splenic hilum<br />
Doppler of splenic<br />
artery<br />
Doppler of splenic vein<br />
Measure widest axis<br />
and include depth<br />
76
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Appendix<br />
Patient in supine position, unless otherwise indicated<br />
Use an Anterior-Posterior scan alignment, unless otherwise indicated<br />
Thoroughly survey the pelvic region beginning at the hepatic flexure and trace<br />
the bowel to the cecum. Survey the entire pelvis in all females looking for<br />
ovarian or uterine pathology. Review the RUQ renal and biliary systems. Check<br />
for free fluid.<br />
Longitudinal<br />
Long Medial axis of the appendix<br />
Long Middle axis of the appendix<br />
Measure length<br />
Long Lateral axis of the appendix<br />
Color Doppler as indicated<br />
Transverse<br />
Superior portion of the appendix with and without compression<br />
Middle portion of the appendix with and without compression<br />
Lower portion of the appendix with and without compression<br />
Measure the width and depth from outer to outer walls with and without<br />
compression<br />
Color Doppler as indicated<br />
77
Abdominal Wall (AIUM)<br />
The examination should include images of the abdominal wall in the location of symptoms or<br />
signs. The relationship of any identified mass with the peritoneum should be demonstrated. Any<br />
defect in the peritoneum and abdominal wall musculature should be documented. The presence<br />
or absence of bowel, fluid, or other tissue contained within any abdominal wall defect should be<br />
noted. Images obtained in upright position and/or with use of the Valsalva maneuver may be<br />
helpful. Doppler examination may be useful to define the relationship of blood vessels with a<br />
detected mass.<br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Abdominal Wall<br />
Patient in supine position, unless otherwise indicated<br />
Use an Anterior-Posterior scan alignment, unless otherwise indicated<br />
When possible use panoramic imaging or dual image and match tissues.<br />
Use Color and PW Doppler as indicated<br />
Use Val Salva Maneuver as indicated<br />
Look for peristalsis, protrusions, fluid collections<br />
Demonstrate and label:<br />
Linea Alba<br />
Skin<br />
Subcutaneous fat<br />
Rectus abdominus muscle<br />
Rectus sheath<br />
External oblique muscle<br />
Internal oblique muscle<br />
Transabdominus muscle<br />
Peritoneum<br />
Transverse Plane<br />
Begin at the xiphoid and scan and image in 1-2 cm increments to the<br />
pubic symphysis.<br />
Longitudinal Plane<br />
Beginning at midline scan at 1-2 cm increments including the distal xiphoid<br />
process to the pubic symphysis.<br />
Align scan to the midsagittal plane unless specific mass is seen or<br />
indicated<br />
Demonstrate the above tissues in both right and left regions.<br />
78
AIUM Practice Guideline for the Performance of the Focused Assessment With<br />
Sonography for Trauma (FAST) Examination<br />
http://aium.org/resources/guidelines/fast.pdf<br />
Introduction<br />
The clinical aspects of this guideline (Indications/ Contraindications, Specifications for Individual<br />
Examinations, and Equipment Specifications) as well as Responsibilities of the Physician were<br />
developed collaboratively by the American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine (AIUM) and the<br />
American <strong>College</strong> of Emergency Physicians (ACEP). Recommendations for physician<br />
qualifications, procedure documentation, and quality control vary among these organizations and<br />
are addressed by each separately.<br />
This guideline has been developed to provide assistance to practitioners performing focused<br />
assessment with sonography for trauma (FAST) ultrasound examinations. The FAST ultrasound<br />
examination is a proven and useful procedure for the evaluation of peritoneal spaces for bleeding<br />
after traumatic injury, particularly blunt trauma but including penetrating injury. Prior to its<br />
development, more invasive, including surgical, procedures were required to evaluate these<br />
patients. Over the last 3 decades, particularly with its wide advocation during the early 1990s, the<br />
FAST examination has evolved into one that now includes assessments of the peritoneal cavity<br />
for evidence of hemorrhage as well as analysis of the pericardium and pleural spaces for<br />
hemorrhage, particularly in cases of chest trauma. While it is not possible to detect every<br />
abnormality using the FAST examination for the analysis of the traumatized patient, adherence to<br />
the following guideline will maximize the probability of detecting free fluid and allowing rapid<br />
analysis for intraperitoneal hemorrhage and other abnormal fluids, such as urine and bile. In its<br />
extended form, the FAST examination allows analysis for possible hemopericardium,<br />
hemothorax, pneumothorax, solidorgan damage, and retroperitoneal injury. The ready portability<br />
of ultrasound equipment allows the FAST examination to be used at the patient’s bedside or in<br />
the rapid triaging of multiple individuals in mass casualty situations, including assessments in the<br />
field.<br />
Indications/Contraindications<br />
Indications for the FAST examination of the torso include but are not limited to traumatic injury.<br />
FAST examinations should be performed when there is a valid medical reason. There are no<br />
absolute contraindications.<br />
There are limitations to FAST assessments, including limitations in their ability to detect free fluid<br />
in some injured children, patients with mesenteric injury, and patients with isolated penetrating<br />
injury to the peritoneum.<br />
Limitations to the diagnosis of free traumatic fluid in the peritoneum may be due to fluid present in<br />
patients for physiologic reasons, including ovarian cyst rupture, as well as pathologic reasons,<br />
such as patients with ascites. One must be wary of free fluid typically found intraperitoneally in<br />
patients with ventriculoperitoneal shunts and in those who undergo peritoneal dialysis. Free fluid<br />
may be also be due to recent peritoneal lavage. Limitations to pericardial assessment for<br />
hemopericardium include pericardial cysts and preexisting pericardial fluid. Limitations to pleural<br />
assessment for hemothorax include preexisting pleural fluid from preexisting pleural disease as<br />
well as extension into the pleural space of fluid from the pericardium or peritoneum.<br />
79
Qualifications of the Physician<br />
See the training guidelines of the physician provider’s respective specialty society, eg, the ACEP<br />
or the AIUM. Training, as defined by the AIUM or the ACEP, is accepted as qualifying a<br />
physician for performance and/or interpretation of the FAST examination. Credentialing should be<br />
based on published standards of the physician’s specialty society, such as the ACEP or the<br />
AIUM.<br />
Responsibilities of the Physician<br />
Trauma ultrasound, or the FAST examination, provides information that is the basis for immediate<br />
decisions about further evaluation, clinical management, and therapeutic interventions. Rapid<br />
provision and interpretation of such examinations are critical to proper patient care.<br />
The clinical care of patients in life-threatening situations should always take precedence over<br />
these guidelines.<br />
Physicians/sonologists of a variety of medical specialties may perform the FAST examination. If<br />
appropriately trained, physician extenders, emergency medical personnel, and sonographers can<br />
obtain the ultrasound images.<br />
Image interpretation should be performed by a supervising physician. Training of physicians in<br />
the diagnostic interpretation of FAST examinations should be in accordance with specialtyspecific<br />
guidelines. Physicians who supervise nonphysician sonographers should render a<br />
diagnostic interpretation in a time frame consistent with the management of acute trauma, as<br />
outlined above.<br />
Specifications for Individual Examinations<br />
The objective of the abdominal portion of the examination is to analyze the torso for free fluid.<br />
This requires examination of the abdomen’s 4 quadrants and pelvis. This is achieved by<br />
obtaining images of both upper quadrants as well as the pelvis. The ability to denote free fluid in<br />
the pelvis is aided by the presence of a fluid-filled bladder. As with all ultrasound examinations,<br />
orthogonal images (transverse, longitudinal, and coronal planes) help elucidate areas of concern<br />
seen in any single plane.<br />
Subtle changes in transducer angle and position can help improve analysis of a given area.<br />
Images may be obtained through anterior, coronal, or other approaches to denote free fluid in the<br />
evaluated areas.<br />
As with most imaging and ultrasound examinations, techniques evolve over time and with<br />
increased clinical and imaging experience. The current primary FAST examination includes<br />
transverse and longitudinal images obtained through the heart to denote intrapericardial fluid. The<br />
images may be obtained by placing the transducer in the upper abdomen and pointing superiorly<br />
or placing the transducer directly above the heart in various echocardiographic planes,<br />
particularly a parasternal longitudinal plane. Pleural effusion can be analyzed by a midline<br />
transverse plane image in the upper abdomen, concentrating on the area posterior and therefore<br />
superior to the echogenic diaphragms. This may be the same image as that used to evaluate the<br />
(inferior) pericardium for fluid.<br />
More specifically, primary ultrasound windows for the FAST examination include the following:<br />
The Right Upper Quadrant View (Also Known as the Perihepatic,<br />
Morison Pouch, or Right Flank View)—<br />
This uses the liver as an ultrasound window to interrogate the liver as well as the<br />
hepatorenal space (Morison pouch) for free fluid. Slight superior angulation of the<br />
transducer allows imaging of the right pleural space for free fluid. Inferior<br />
angulation allows visualization of the inferior pole of the right kidney as well as<br />
the right paracolic gutter for free fluid assessment.<br />
80
The Left Upper Quadrant View (Also Known as the Perisplenic or Left<br />
Flank View)—<br />
This uses the spleen as a window to interrogate the spleen and the perisplenic<br />
space above the spleen, below the diaphragm, and above the left kidney.<br />
Angulation superiorly allows visualization of the left pleural space. Inferior<br />
angulation allows visualization of fluid above the left kidney or in the left<br />
paracolic gutter.<br />
The Pelvic View (Also Known as the Retrovesical, Retrouterine, or<br />
Pouch of Douglas View)—<br />
This allows assessment of the most dependent space in the peritoneum for free<br />
fluid. Analysis through a fluid-filled bladder (which can be filled, if necessary, by<br />
fluid placed through a Foley catheter when possible) may help analysis for pelvic<br />
fluid. When free fluid is present, it is noted most often superior and posterior to<br />
the bladder and uterus.<br />
The Pericardial View (Also Known as the Subcostal or Subxiphoid<br />
View)—<br />
This uses the left lobe of the liver as a window for the analysis of the heart,<br />
particularly its right side. Both sagittal and transverse 4-chamber planes may be<br />
used. The potential space of the pericardium is analyzed for the presence of any<br />
free fluid in an anterior or posterior location. Slight angulation posteriorly or<br />
inferiorly in this view allows visualization of the inferior vena cava and hepatic<br />
veins, including their normal respiratory variability.<br />
Additional views may include the following:<br />
The Right and Left Pericolic Gutter Views—<br />
Longitudinal and transverse views through peritoneal windows inferior to the<br />
level of theipsilateral kidney and next to the ipsilateral iliac crest may reveal free<br />
fluid surrounding bowel.<br />
These windows may be of limited use because of the absence of an ultrasound window, such as<br />
a fluid-filled bladder or a solid organ. Airfilled bowel may also limit these views. They rely on there<br />
being sufficient free fluid present to be imaged.<br />
The Pleural Space Views—<br />
Each pleural space may be investigated via angulation and superior<br />
movement of the transducer along the ipsilateral flank. Abnormal fluid<br />
collections in the pleural space are visualized as anechoic collections above the<br />
echogenic diaphragm.<br />
The Anterior Pleural Space View—<br />
The anterior visceral and parietal pleura may be analyzed through this view for<br />
free fluid. The pleura normally appose each other and slide on each other easily.<br />
Absence of this sliding and the potential separation of the pleura by a<br />
pneumothorax may be imaged typically in the second or third intercostal space<br />
with a higher-frequency near-field transducer, although lower-frequency<br />
transducers may also be used.<br />
81
The Parasternal View—<br />
The parasternal window allows visualization of the heart in sagittal or transverse<br />
planes. This view is used in cases in which a patient’s subcostal view is<br />
suboptimal.<br />
The Apical View—<br />
The apical view may allow visualization of pericardial fluid in the difficult patient<br />
by placing the transducer at the nipple line at the left fifth intercostal space and<br />
aiming it toward the spine or the right shoulder.<br />
Other considerations for the FAST examination include the following points:<br />
Trendelenburg or sitting positions may increase the sensitivity of the ultrasound<br />
examination for visualizing abnormal fluid.<br />
A FAST ultrasound examination may be repeated during the patient’s stay for<br />
reassessment of the patient’s condition either routinely or because of sudden clinical<br />
decompensation.<br />
As a caveat, one must remember that a trauma ultrasound examination provides a<br />
picture of a patient’s condition at one point in time. It never eliminates the possibility of<br />
injuries or fluid collections that are below the detectable threshold of a well-performed<br />
ultrasound examination.<br />
Further information may be obtained by referring to the ACEP Ultrasound Imaging<br />
Criteria–Trauma.<br />
Documentation<br />
Focused sonograms, as all sonograms, require documentation. Whenever feasible, images<br />
should be created and stored as part of the medical record, and a full description of the findings is<br />
required. The analysis of findings on FAST examinations is limited to those areas assessed and<br />
imaged. In particular, a FAST analysis may not allow the diagnostic evaluation of all abnormalities<br />
in the chest, abdomen, or pelvis.<br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: FAST<br />
Procedure will follow the guidelines set forth in the SONOSIM simulation package.<br />
82
Scrotum (AIUM)<br />
http://www.aium.org/resources/guidelines/scrotal.pdf<br />
Indications<br />
Indications for scrotal ultrasound include but are not limited to:<br />
1. Evaluation of scrotal pain, including but not limited to testicular trauma,<br />
ischemia/torsion, and infectious or inflammatory scrotal disease.<br />
2. Evaluation of palpable inguinal, scrotal, or scrotal masses.<br />
3. Evaluation of scrotal asymmetry, swelling, or enlargement.<br />
4. Evaluation of potential scrotal hernias.<br />
5. Detection/evaluation of varicoceles.<br />
6. Evaluation of male infertility.<br />
7. Follow-up of prior indeterminate scrotal ultrasound findings.<br />
8. Localization of undescended testes<br />
9. Detection of occult primary tumors in patients with metastatic germ cell<br />
tumors.<br />
10. Follow-up of patients with prior primary testicular neoplasms, leukemia, or<br />
lymphoma.<br />
11. Evaluation of abnormalities noted on other imaging studies (including but not<br />
limited to computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging, and positron<br />
emission tomography).<br />
12. Evaluation of intersex conditions.<br />
Specifications of the Examination<br />
The testes should be evaluated in at least 2 planes: longitudinal and transverse.<br />
Transverse images should be obtained in the superior, mid, and inferior portions of the<br />
testes.<br />
Longitudinal views should be obtained centrally as well as medially and laterally.<br />
Each testis should be evaluated in its entirety, as should the epididymis (head, body, and<br />
tail) when technically feasible.<br />
The size and echogenicity of each testis and epididymis should be compared to the<br />
contralateral side. Comparison of the testes, including gray scale and color Doppler<br />
imaging, is best accomplished with a side-by-side transverse image.<br />
Scrotal skin thickness should be evaluated. If a palpable abnormality is the indication for<br />
the sonogram, this area should be directly imaged.<br />
Relevant extratesticular structures should be evaluated.<br />
Additional techniques such as the Valsalva maneuver or upright positioning can be used<br />
as needed.<br />
Any abnormality should be documented.<br />
Doppler sonography (spectral and color/power Doppler imaging) should be used as necessary in<br />
all examinations of the scrotum, particularly in the setting of acute scrotal pain. If used, color<br />
and/or power Doppler Sonography should include at least 1 side-by-side image comparing both<br />
testes and 2 images with identical Doppler settings to evaluate symmetry of flow. Low-flow<br />
detection settings should be used to document testicular blood flow, and the transducer<br />
frequency should be optimized for maximum Doppler sensitivity while maintaining adequate<br />
penetration. If flow cannot be demonstrated on color Doppler imaging, power Doppler imaging, if<br />
available, should be used to increase flow sensitivity.<br />
83
Documentation<br />
Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a permanent<br />
record of the ultrasound examination and its interpretation. Images of all appropriate areas, both<br />
normal and abnormal, should be recorded. Variations from normal size should be accompanied<br />
by measurements. Images should be labeled with the patient identification, facility identification,<br />
examination date, and side (right or left) of the anatomic site imaged. An official interpretation<br />
(final report) of the ultrasound findings should be included in the patient’s medical record.<br />
Retention of the ultrasound examination should be consistent both with clinical needs and with<br />
relevant legal and local health care facility requirements.<br />
Reporting should be in accordance with the AIUM Practice Guideline for Documentation of an<br />
Ultrasound Examination.<br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Scrotum<br />
Long & short axes of the right and left testes will be examined independently<br />
Longitudinal/ Long axis<br />
◦ Lateral testicle<br />
◦ Medial testicle<br />
◦ Middle testicle<br />
◦ Epididymal head in proximity with the superior testis<br />
◦ Epididymal body and tail demonstrated throughout the testis<br />
◦ Spermatic cord (from inguinal canal to scrotum—use Doppler and Val<br />
Salva technique)<br />
Short axis: Begin at the superior border<br />
◦ Spermatic cord (from inguinal canal to scrotum- Use Val Salva Technique)<br />
◦ Epididymal head<br />
◦ Superior portion of testis<br />
◦ Middle portion of testis<br />
◦ Inferior portion of testis<br />
◦ Single image with both testicles<br />
84
Prostate (AIUM)<br />
http://www.aium.org/resources/guidelines/prostate.pdf<br />
Indications<br />
Indications for prostate ultrasound include but are not limited to:<br />
1. Guidance for biopsy in the presence of an abnormal digital rectal examination or<br />
elevated PSA.4<br />
2. Assessment of gland and prostate volume before medical, surgical, or radiation<br />
therapy.5,6<br />
3. Symptoms of prostatitis with a suspected abscess.7<br />
4. Assessment of congenital anomalies.<br />
5. Infertility.<br />
6. Hematospermia.<br />
Specifications of the Examination<br />
The following guidelines describe the examination of the prostate and surrounding structures:<br />
Prostate<br />
The transrectal approach to ultrasound of the prostate is the method of choice, as image quality is<br />
superior to transabdominal or transperineal examinations. However, in patients for whom the<br />
transrectal approach is not possible, a transperineal ultrasound examination may be used to<br />
direct a biopsy procedure. A transabdominal approach can be useful to obtain an estimate of<br />
prostate size in some settings.<br />
The prostate should be imaged in its entirety in at least 2 orthogonal planes, sagittal and axial or<br />
longitudinal and coronal, from the apex to the base of the gland. An estimated volume is<br />
The volume of the prostate may be correlated with the PSA level.<br />
The gland should be evaluated for a focal mass, echogenicity, symmetry, and continuity of<br />
margins. Color and power Doppler sonography may be helpful in detecting areas of increased<br />
vascularity that can be used to select potential sites for biopsy. The periprostatic fat and<br />
neurovascular bundle should be evaluated for symmetry and echogenicity. The course of the<br />
prostatic urethra should be documented, when possible, and asymmetry between left and right<br />
periurethral tissues as well as their impact on the base of the bladder should be noted.<br />
Seminal Vesicles, Vasa Deferentia, and Perirectal Space<br />
The seminal vesicles should be evaluated for size, shape, position, symmetry, and echogenicity<br />
from their insertion into the prostate via the ejaculatory ducts to their cranial and lateral extents.<br />
Particular attention should be given to the normal tapering of the seminal vesicle as it joins the<br />
prostate. In patients being evaluated for infertility, the vasa deferentia must be evaluated. The<br />
presence and size of seminal vesicle, ejaculatory, müllerian, or utricle cysts or evidence of<br />
seminal vesicle or ejaculatory duct obstruction should be noted. Inclusion of the anterior perirectal<br />
space, in particular the region that abuts the prostate and perirectal tissues, is important.<br />
Documentation<br />
Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a permanent<br />
record of the ultrasound examination and its interpretation. Images of all appropriate areas, both<br />
normal and abnormal, should be recorded. Variations from normal size should be accompanied<br />
by measurements. Images should be labeled with the patient identification, facility identification,<br />
examination date, and side (right or left) of the anatomic site imaged. An official interpretation<br />
(final report) of the ultrasound findings should be included in the patient’s medical record.<br />
85
Retention of the ultrasound examination should be consistent both with clinical needs and with<br />
relevant legal and local health care facility requirements.<br />
Reporting should be in accordance with the AIUM Practice Guideline for Documentation of an<br />
Ultrasound Examination.<br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Prostate<br />
On campus protocol will be provided as needed.<br />
http://www.aium.org/resources/guidelines/thyroid.pdf<br />
Thyroid (AIUM)<br />
Indications<br />
Indications for a thyroid and parathyroid ultrasound examination include but are not limited to:<br />
1. Evaluation of the location and characteristics of palpable neck masses,<br />
including an enlarged thyroid;<br />
2. Evaluation of abnormalities detected by other imaging examinations, eg, a<br />
thyroid nodule detected on computed tomography, positron emission tomography–<br />
computed tomography, or magnetic resonance imaging, or seen on another<br />
ultrasound examination of the neck (eg, carotid ultrasound);<br />
3. Evaluation of laboratory abnormalities;<br />
4. Evaluation of the presence, size, and location of the thyroid gland;<br />
5. Evaluation of patients at high risk for occult thyroid malignancy;<br />
6. Follow-up imaging of previously detected thyroid nodules, when indicated;<br />
7. Evaluation for regional nodal metastases in patients with proven or suspected<br />
thyroid carcinoma before thyroidectomy;<br />
8. Evaluation for recurrent disease or regional nodal metastases after total or<br />
partial thyroidectomy for thyroid carcinoma;<br />
9. Evaluation of the thyroid gland for suspicious nodules before neck surgery for<br />
nonthyroid disease;<br />
10. Evaluation of the thyroid gland for suspicious nodules before radioiodine<br />
ablation of the gland;<br />
11. Identification and localization of parathyroid abnormalities in patients with<br />
known or suspected hyperparathyroidism<br />
12. Assessment of the number and size of enlarged parathyroid glands in patients<br />
who have undergone previous parathyroid surgery or ablative therapy with<br />
recurrent symptoms of hyperparathyroidism;<br />
13. Localization of thyroid/parathyroid abnormalities or adjacent cervical lymph<br />
nodes for biopsy, ablation, or other interventional procedures; and<br />
14. Localization of autologous parathyroid gland implants.<br />
Specifications of the Examinations<br />
The Thyroid Examination<br />
The examination should be performed with the neck in hyperextension. The right and left lobes of<br />
the thyroid gland should be imaged in the longitudinal and transverse planes. Recorded images<br />
86
of the thyroid should include transverse images of the superior, mid, and inferior portions of the<br />
right and left thyroid lobes; longitudinal images of the medial, mid, and lateral portions of both<br />
lobes; and at least a transverse image of the isthmus. The size of each thyroid lobe should be<br />
recorded in 3 dimensions, anteroposterior, transverse, and longitudinal.<br />
The thickness (anteroposterior measurement) of the isthmus on the transverse view should be<br />
recorded. A color or power Doppler examination can be used to supplement the grayscale<br />
evaluation of either diffuse or focal abnormalities of the thyroid. It is often necessary to extend<br />
imaging to include the soft tissue above the isthmus (eg, to evaluate a possible pyramidal lobe of<br />
the thyroid), congenital abnormalities such as a thyroglossal duct cyst, or if any superior palpable<br />
abnormality is noted. The examination should also include a brief evaluation of the lateral neck<br />
compartments.<br />
Thyroid abnormalities should be imaged in a way that allows for reporting and documentation of<br />
the following:<br />
1. The location, size, number, and character of significant abnormalities,<br />
including measurements of nodules and focal abnormalities in 3 dimensions;<br />
2. The localized or diffuse nature of any thyroid abnormality, including<br />
assessment of overall gland vascularity<br />
3. The sonographic features of any thyroid abnormality with respect to<br />
echogenicity, composition (degree of cystic change), margins (smooth or irregular),<br />
presence and type of calcification (if present), and other relevant sonographic<br />
patterns7–19; and<br />
4. The presence and size of any abnormal lymph node in the lateral compartment<br />
of the neck (see section B below).<br />
In patients who have undergone complete or partial thyroidectomy, the thyroid bed should be<br />
imaged in transverse and longitudinal planes. Any masses or cysts in the region of the bed<br />
should be measured and reported. Additionally, the lateral neck should be evaluated as described<br />
in section B.<br />
Whenever possible, comparison should be made with other appropriate imaging studies.<br />
Sonographic guidance may be used for aspiration or biopsy of thyroid abnormalities or other<br />
masses of the neck or for other interventional procedures.<br />
The Cervical Lymph Node Evaluation<br />
A high-resolution ultrasound examination of the neck is used for the staging of patients with<br />
thyroid cancer and other head and neck cancers and in the surveillance of patients after<br />
treatment of such cancers.23–29 In these patients, the size and location of abnormal lymph<br />
nodes should be documented. Suspicious features such as calcification, cystic areas, absence of<br />
a central hilum, round shape, and abnormal blood flow should be documented. The location of an<br />
abnormal lymph node should be described according to the image-based nodal classification<br />
system developed by Som et al,30 which corresponds to the clinical nodal classification system<br />
developed by the American Joint Committee on Cancer and the American Academy of<br />
Otolaryngology–Head and Neck Surgery, or in a fashion that allows the referring clinician to<br />
convert the location of abnormal nodes to that system.<br />
The Parathyroid Examination<br />
An examination for suspected parathyroid enlargement should include images in the region of the<br />
anticipated parathyroid gland location. One of the important uses of parathyroid ultrasound is to<br />
try to localize parathyroid adenomas in patients with primary hyperparathyroidism to help with<br />
surgical planning.<br />
The examination should be performed with the neck hyperextended and should include<br />
longitudinal and transverse images from the carotid arteries to the midline bilaterally and<br />
87
extending from the carotid artery bifurcation superiorly to the thoracic inlet inferiorly. As<br />
parathyroid glands may be hidden below the clavicles in the lower neck and upper mediastinum,<br />
it may also be helpful to have the patient swallow during the examination with constant real-time<br />
observation. Color and/or power or spectral Doppler ultrasound may be helpful. The upper<br />
mediastinum may be imaged with an appropriate probe by angling under the sternum from the<br />
sternal notch. Rarely, parathyroid adenomas may also be intrathyroidal.<br />
Although the normal parathyroid glands are usually not visualized with available sonographic<br />
technology, enlarged parathyroid glands may be visualized. When visualized, their location, size,<br />
and number should be documented, and measurements should be made in 3 dimensions. The<br />
relationship of any visualized parathyroid gland(s) to the thyroid gland should be documented, if<br />
applicable.<br />
Whenever possible, comparison should be made with other appropriate imaging studies.<br />
Sonographic guidance may be used for aspiration or biopsy of parathyroid abnormalities or other<br />
masses of the neck or for other interventional procedures.<br />
Documentation<br />
Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a permanent<br />
record of the ultrasound examination and its interpretation. Images of all appropriate areas, both<br />
normal and abnormal, should be recorded. Variations from normal size should be accompanied<br />
by measurements. Images should be labeled with the patient identification, facility identification,<br />
examination date, and side (right or left) of the anatomic site imaged.<br />
An official interpretation (final report) of the ultrasound findings should be included in the patient’s<br />
medical record. Retention of the ultrasound examination should be consistent both with clinical<br />
needs and with relevant legal and local health care facility requirements.<br />
Reporting should be in accordance with the AIUM Practice Guideline for Documentation of an<br />
Ultrasound Examination.<br />
88
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Thyroid<br />
Patient in supine position, unless otherwise indicated<br />
Use an Anterior-Posterior scan alignment, unless otherwise indicated<br />
Survey:<br />
Place pillow under patient’s shoulders (you may have to fold the<br />
pillow to get enough neck extension). Place a rolled towel or<br />
sponge under the neck for support.<br />
Have the patient turn his/her head to the left slightly and begin the<br />
survey on the right in transverse beginning at the inferior pole.<br />
Scan through (and beyond) the entire right lobe inferiorly to<br />
superiorly and return back to the inferior border. Complete<br />
longitudinal survey from the trachea to the carotid/jugular regions<br />
and return to trachea. Use Color Doppler. Complete the same<br />
protocol on the left side. Remember, this is a SURVEY and you will<br />
NOT print any images. Set depth based upon the deepest AP<br />
dimension of either lobe. Use RES when one side is smaller.<br />
Take in the following order:<br />
1. Long trachea Right<br />
2. Long medial Right<br />
3. Long middle Right<br />
4. Long middle Right with LENGTH measurement<br />
5. Long middle Right with Color Doppler<br />
6. Long lateral Right<br />
7. Long carotid Right<br />
8. Trans inferior pole Right<br />
9. Trans middle pole Right<br />
10. Trans middle pole Right with AP and Width measurements<br />
11. Trans middle pole Right with Color Doppler<br />
12. Trans superior pole Right<br />
13. Long RES Isthmus Midline<br />
14. Long medial Left<br />
15. Long middle Left<br />
16. Long middle Left LENGTH measurement<br />
17. Long middle Left with Color Doppler<br />
18. Long lateral Left<br />
19. Long carotid/jugular Left<br />
20. Trans inferior Left<br />
21. Trans middle Left<br />
22. Trans middle Left Measurements<br />
23. Trans middle Left with Color Doppler<br />
24. Trans superior Left<br />
25. Trans isthmus RES (midline)<br />
26. Trans dual image Right and Left middle poles<br />
89
http://aium.org/resources/guidelines/breast.pdf<br />
Breast (AIUM)<br />
Indications<br />
Appropriate indications for breast sonography include:<br />
1. Identification and characterization of palpable abnormalities and further evaluation of<br />
clinical and imaging findings.<br />
2. Guidance for interventional procedures.<br />
3. Evaluation of problems associated with breast implants.<br />
4. Treatment planning for therapy.<br />
Breast sonography is the initial imaging technique for evaluating palpable masses in women<br />
younger than 30 years and in lactating and pregnant women.<br />
Although the efficacy of sonography as a screening study for occult masses is an area for<br />
research, at this time Sonography is not considered a primary screening modality in other<br />
populations.<br />
Specifications of the Examination<br />
A. Lesion Characterization and Technical Factors<br />
1. The breast sonogram should be correlated with mammographic and other appropriate<br />
breast imaging studies as well as with a physical examination directed to the area in<br />
question. If sonography has been performed previously, the current examination should<br />
be compared with prior sonograms, as appropriate. A lesion or any area of the breast<br />
being studied should be viewed in 2 perpendicular<br />
projections; 1 view is insufficient.<br />
2. At least 1 set of images of a lesion should be obtained without calipers. The maximal<br />
dimensions of a mass should be recorded in at least 2 dimensions.<br />
3. The images should be labeled as to the right or left breast, the lesion’s location, and<br />
the orientation of the transducer with respect to the breast (eg, transverse or longitudinal<br />
and radial or antiradial). The location of the lesion should be recorded; the quadrant<br />
should be specified, or the location can be indicated by using clock notation and distance<br />
from the nipple or shown on a diagram of the breast. Several sonographic features may<br />
be helpful in characterizing breast masses. These features should be noted: size, shape,<br />
echogenicity, margin features, orientation, and attenuation (eg, shadowing or<br />
enhancement). Features may also be described using the American <strong>College</strong> of Radiology<br />
Breast Imaging Reporting and Data System (BI-RADS) lexicon.<br />
4. Mass characterization with sonography is highly dependent on technical factors.<br />
Proper depth, gain, and focal zone settings should be optimized to obtain high-quality<br />
images. The patient should be positioned to minimize the thickness of the portion of the<br />
breast being evaluated. For evaluation of superficial lesions, a standoff device or use of a<br />
thick layer of gel may be helpful.<br />
B. Guidance of Interventional Procedures<br />
1. Interventional procedures that can be performed with sonographic guidance include<br />
but are not limited to cyst aspirations, presurgical needle hook wire localization,<br />
therapeutic procedures, and fine-needle, core, or vacuum-assisted biopsy.<br />
2. A full sonographic examination of the area of interest should be completed before the<br />
procedure.<br />
3. There is no single correct method for accomplishing interventional procedures with<br />
sonographic guidance. Both a freehand technique and the use of a transducer with a<br />
90
needle guide are suitable for breast interventions. The type of equipment on hand and<br />
the experience of the physician performing the procedure will determine the technique.<br />
4. High-frequency transducers with a center frequency of 7.0 MHz or higher used for<br />
imaging the breast are suitable for guiding interventional procedures. With these<br />
transducers, continuous visualization of the device path is possible. Depending on the<br />
transducer configuration, the geometry of the acoustic beam, and the route of device<br />
entry, either a small portion of the device may be visible as an echogenic focus, or, if the<br />
device entry is aligned with the acoustic beam and nearly perpendicular to it, the entire<br />
device may be visible.<br />
5. Sonographic guidance can be used to aid in infiltration of anesthetics around the mass.<br />
Documentation<br />
Images of all important findings, including in the case of interventional procedures the relationship<br />
of the device to the lesion, should be recorded on a retrievable and reviewable image storage<br />
format.<br />
A. Official documentation for the ultrasound images should include but is not limited to the<br />
following:<br />
1. Patient’s name and other identifying information.<br />
2. Facility’s identifying information.<br />
3. Date of sonographic examination.<br />
4. Image orientation when appropriate.<br />
B. The physician’s report of the sonographic findings should be placed in the patient’s medical<br />
record.<br />
C. Retention of the breast sonograms should be consistent with the policies for retention of<br />
mammograms in compliance with federal and state regulations, local health care facility<br />
procedures, and clinical needs.<br />
D. Reporting should be in accordance with the AIUM Practice Guideline for Documentation of an<br />
Ultrasound Examination.<br />
91
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Breast (Simulation)<br />
Quadrant Survey: Entire breast using a standard abdominal transducer approach (notch to<br />
patient’s head and to patient’s right). Patient is placed in a supine position with slight contralateral<br />
obliquity. Survey each quadrant long and trans beginning with the RUOQ. Move to the<br />
RUIQ, RLIQ, and RLOQ (clockwise approach). Survey of the left breast follows the clockwise<br />
approach, too beginning with the LUIQ, LUOQ, LLOQ and LLIQ.<br />
Images RUOQ Longitudinal at 12:00 ML +0<br />
move about 1 cm to the right and take RUOQ +1<br />
continue until the entire RUOQ has been imaged at 1 cm<br />
Scan axilla and label AX<br />
RUOQ Transverse at lower portion (about 9:00) RUOQ +0<br />
increments.<br />
Move transducer at 1 cm increments throughout the entire quadrant +1,<br />
+2, Etc.<br />
Scan axilla and label AX<br />
Complete the above for each quadrant in Long and Trans sections as<br />
listed above.<br />
Do the same for the left breast.<br />
Clock Method Survey: Entire breast using standard patient positioning as in Quadrant<br />
Survey, but transducer notch directed towards nipple on all images.<br />
Begin with the transducer in an “upside-down” approach, longitudinal at 12:00. Keeping the notch<br />
directed toward the nipple rotate the transducer in a clockwise fashion around the breast stopping<br />
“on the hour.”<br />
Images “Longitudinal” /Radial at 12:00, 1:00, etc. to 11:00. You will create 12<br />
images per breast.<br />
If masses are found using the clock method additional “transverse” / Anti-radial images<br />
are taken by rotating the transducer 90 degree from the radial image. This will place the<br />
long and short axis along the ductal planes of the breast.<br />
Make certain you have the breast labeled Right or Left.<br />
Complete the above for the Left breast<br />
Variations will be disseminated as required.<br />
92
E. OB-GYN Applications<br />
http://aium.org/resources/guidelines/pelvic.pdf<br />
Pelvis (AIUM)<br />
Indications<br />
Indications for pelvic sonography include but are not limited to the following:<br />
1. Pelvic pain;<br />
2. Dysmenorrhea (painful menses);<br />
3. Amenorrhea;<br />
4. Menorrhagia (excessive menstrual bleeding);<br />
5. Metrorrhagia (irregular uterine bleeding);<br />
6. Menometrorrhagia (excessive irregular bleeding);<br />
7. Follow-up of a previously detected abnormality;<br />
8. Evaluation, monitoring, and/or treatment of infertility patients;<br />
9. Delayed menses, precocious puberty, or vaginal bleeding in a prepubertal child;<br />
10. Postmenopausal bleeding;<br />
11. Abnormal or technically limited pelvic examination;<br />
12. Signs or symptoms of pelvic infection;<br />
13. Further characterization of a pelvic abnormality noted on another imaging<br />
study;<br />
14. Evaluation of congenital anomalies;<br />
15. Excessive bleeding, pain, or signs of infection after pelvic surgery, delivery,<br />
or abortion;<br />
16. Localization of a intrauterine contraceptive device;<br />
17. Screening for malignancy in patients at increased risk;<br />
18. Urinary incontinence or pelvic organ prolapse; and<br />
19. Guidance for interventional or surgical procedures.<br />
Specifications of the Examination<br />
This section details the examination to be performed for each organ and anatomic region in the<br />
female pelvis. All relevant structures should be identified by a transabdominal and/or transvaginal<br />
approach. In some cases, both will be needed. A transrectal or transperineal approach may be<br />
useful in patients who are not candidates for introduction of a vaginal probe and in assessing the<br />
patient with pelvic organ prolapse.<br />
A. General Pelvic Preparation<br />
For a complete transabdominal pelvic sonogram, the patient’s bladder should, in general,<br />
be distended adequately to displace the small bowel from the field of view. Occasionally,<br />
overdistention of the bladder may compromise the evaluation. When this occurs, imaging<br />
may be repeated after the patient partially empties the bladder.<br />
For a transvaginal sonogram, the urinary bladder is preferably empty. The patient, the<br />
sonographer, or the physician may introduce the vaginal transducer, preferably under<br />
real-time monitoring. Consideration of having a chaperone present should be in<br />
accordance with local policies.<br />
B. Uterus<br />
The vagina and uterus provide anatomic landmarks that can be used as reference points<br />
for the other pelvic structures, whether normal or abnormal.<br />
93
In examining the uterus, the following should be evaluated: (1) the uterine size, shape,<br />
and orientation; (2) the endometrium; (3) the myometrium; and (4) the cervix. The vagina<br />
may be imaged as a landmark for the cervix and lower uterine segment.<br />
Overall uterine length is evaluated in the long axis from the fundus to the cervix (to the<br />
external os, if it can be identified). The depth of the uterus (anteroposterior dimension) is<br />
measured in the same long-axis view from its anterior to posterior walls, perpendicular to<br />
the length. The maximum width is measured in the transaxial or coronal view.<br />
If volume measurements of the uterine corpus are performed, the cervical component<br />
should be excluded from the uterine length measurement. Abnormalities of the uterus<br />
should be documented. The myometrium and cervix should be evaluated for contour<br />
changes, echogenicity, masses, and cysts. Masses that may require follow-up or<br />
intervention should be measured in at least 2 dimensions, acknowledging that it is not<br />
usually necessary to measure all fibroids. The endometrium should be analyzed for<br />
thickness, focal abnormalities, and the presence of fluid or masses in the endometrial<br />
cavity. The endometrium should be measured on a midline sagittal image, including<br />
anterior and posterior portions of the basal endometrium and excluding the adjacent<br />
hypoechoic myometrium and any endometrial fluid. Assessment of the endometrium<br />
should allow for variations expected with phases of the menstrual cycle and with<br />
hormonal supplementation. If the endometrium is difficult to image in its entirety or poorly<br />
defined, this should be reported. Sonohysterography may be a useful adjunct for<br />
evaluating the patient with abnormal or dysfunctional uterine bleeding or to further clarify<br />
an abnormally thickened endometrium.7 If the patient has an intrauterine contraceptive<br />
device, its location should be documented.<br />
(See the AIUM Practice Guideline for the Performance of Sonohysterography.)<br />
When available, the addition of a reconstructed coronal view of the uterus from a 3-<br />
dimensional volume may be useful.<br />
C. Adnexa Including Ovaries and Fallopian Tubes<br />
When evaluating the adnexa, an attempt should be made to identify the ovaries first since<br />
they can serve as a major point of reference for assessing the presence of adnexal<br />
pathology. Ovarian size may be determined by measuring the ovary in 3 dimensions<br />
(width, length, and depth), on views obtained in2 orthogonal planes. Any ovarian<br />
abnormalities should be documented.9–12 The ovaries may not be identifiable in some<br />
females. This occurs most frequently prior to puberty, after menopause, or in the<br />
presence of a large leiomyomatous uterus.<br />
The normal fallopian tubes are not commonly identified. The adnexal region should be<br />
surveyed for abnormalities, particularly masses and dilated tubular structures. If an<br />
adnexal abnormality is noted, its relationship to the ovaries and uterus should be<br />
assessed. The size and sonographic characteristics of adnexal masses should be<br />
documented. Spectral, color, and/or power Doppler ultrasound may be useful for<br />
evaluating the vascular characteristics of pelvic lesions.<br />
D. Cul-de-sac<br />
The cul-de-sac and bowel posterior to the uterus may not be clearly defined. This area<br />
should be evaluated for the presence of free fluid or a mass. If a mass is detected, its<br />
size, position, shape, sonographic characteristics, and relationship to the ovaries and<br />
uterus should be documented. Differentiation of normal loops of bowel from a mass may<br />
be difficult if only a transabdominal examination is performed. A transvaginal<br />
examination may be helpful to distinguish a suspected mass from fluid and feces within<br />
the normal rectosigmoid colon.<br />
94
Documentation<br />
Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a permanent<br />
record of the ultrasound examination and its interpretation. Images of all appropriate areas, both<br />
normal and abnormal, should be recorded. Variations from normal size should be accompanied<br />
by measurements. Images should be labeled with the patient identification, facility identification,<br />
examination date, and side (right or left) of the anatomic site imaged. An official interpretation<br />
(final report) of the ultrasound findings should be included in the patient’s medical record.<br />
Retention of the ultrasound examination should be consistent both with clinical needs and with<br />
relevant legal and local health care facility requirements.<br />
Reporting should be in accordance with the AIUM Practice Guideline for Documentation of an<br />
Ultrasound Examination.<br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Pelvic Protocol<br />
Follow the same scanning guidelines as abdominal. Gynecologic exams will<br />
utilize a filled urinary bladder technique. Male pelvic protocols are not provided<br />
in this section.<br />
When scanning female gynecologic anatomy it is important to follow the contour<br />
of the anatomy. It may be necessary to utilize a steep caudal transducer angle to<br />
properly visualize the vaginal canal and walls and a steep cephalic transducer<br />
angle to demonstrate the uterus and endometrial stripe.<br />
Adequate scanning pressure is required even though you are pressing on a filled<br />
urinary bladder.<br />
An over-filled bladder will compromise the exam.<br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Gynecologic Exam: Uterus<br />
Longitudinal<br />
Vagina<br />
Cervix with measurement<br />
Uterus midline with length<br />
measured<br />
Right uterine section<br />
Right adenxal region<br />
Midline with endometrial<br />
measurement<br />
Left uterine section<br />
Left adnexal region<br />
Transverse<br />
Cervix<br />
Lower uterine<br />
segment/isthmus<br />
Uterine body<br />
Body with AP and width<br />
measurements<br />
Fundus<br />
Superior to uterine fundus<br />
95
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Gynecologic Exam: Ovaries<br />
Start with contralateral ovary; no Hx: begin with right ovary<br />
Complete the following<br />
images for each ovary<br />
Longitudinal<br />
Longest portion<br />
Longest long axis with<br />
measurement<br />
Lateral to ovary (iliac<br />
vessel)<br />
Transverse<br />
Inferior segment<br />
Middle/largest segment<br />
Middle/largest segment<br />
with measurements<br />
Superior portion<br />
Doppler<br />
RI or PI as indicate<br />
96
OBSTETRIC (AIUM)<br />
http://aium.org/resources/guidelines/obstetric.pdf<br />
Classification of Fetal Sonographic Examinations<br />
A. First-Trimester Examination<br />
A standard obstetric sonogram in the first trimester includes evaluation of the presence,<br />
size, location, and number of gestational sac(s). The gestational sac is examined for the<br />
presence of a yolk sac and embryo/fetus. When an embryo/fetus is detected, it should be<br />
measured and cardiac activity recorded by a 2-dimensional video clip or M-mode<br />
imaging.<br />
Use of spectral Doppler imaging is discouraged. The uterus, cervix, adnexa, and cul-desac<br />
region should be examined.<br />
B. Standard Second- or Third-Trimester Examination<br />
A standard obstetric sonogram in the second or third trimester includes an evaluation of<br />
fetal presentation, amniotic fluid volume, cardiac activity, placental position, fetal<br />
biometry, and fetal number, plus an anatomic survey. The maternal cervix and adnexa<br />
should be examined as clinically appropriate when technically feasible.<br />
C. Limited Examination<br />
A limited examination is performed when a specific question requires investigation. For<br />
example, in most routine nonemergency cases, a limited examination could be performed<br />
to confirm fetal heart activity in a bleeding patient or to verify fetal presentation in a<br />
laboring patient. In most cases, limited sonographic examinations are appropriate only<br />
when a prior complete examination is on record.<br />
D. Specialized Examinations<br />
A detailed anatomic examination is performed when an anomaly is suspected on the<br />
basis of the history, biochemical abnormalities, or the results of either the limited or<br />
standard scan. Other specialized examinations might include fetal Doppler ultrasound, a<br />
biophysical profile, a fetal echocardiogram, and additional biometric measurements.<br />
Specifications of the Examination<br />
First-Trimester Ultrasound Examination<br />
Indications: Indications for first-trimesterb sonography include but are not limited to:<br />
a. Confirmation of the presence of an intrauterine pregnancy3–5;<br />
b. Evaluation of a suspected ectopic pregnancy6,7;<br />
c. Defining the cause of vaginal bleeding;<br />
d. Evaluation of pelvic pain;<br />
e. Estimation of gestational (menstrual)c age;<br />
f. Diagnosis or evaluation of multiple gestations;<br />
g. Confirmation of cardiac activity;<br />
h. Imaging as an adjunct to chorionic villus sampling, embryo transfer, and localization<br />
and removal of an intrauterine device;<br />
i. Assessing for certain fetal anomalies, such as anencephaly, in high-risk patients;<br />
j. Evaluation of maternal pelvic masses and/or uterine abnormalities;<br />
k. Measuring the nuchal translucency (NT) when part of a screening program for fetal<br />
aneuploidy; and<br />
l. Evaluation of a suspected hydatidiform mole.
Comment: A limited examination may be performed to evaluate interval growth, estimate<br />
amniotic fluid volume, evaluate the cervix, and assess the presence of cardiac activity.<br />
Imaging Parameters<br />
Comment: Scanning in the first trimester may be performed either transabdominally or<br />
transvaginally.<br />
If a transabdominal examination is not definitive, a transvaginal scan or transperineal<br />
scan should be performed whenever possible.<br />
The uterus (including the cervix) and adnexa should be evaluated for the presence<br />
of a gestational sac. If a gestational sac is seen, its location should be<br />
documented. The gestational sac should be evaluated for the presence or absence<br />
of a yolk sac or embryo, and the crown-rump length should be recorded when<br />
possible.<br />
Comment: A definitive diagnosis of intrauterine pregnancy can be made when an<br />
intrauterine gestational sac containing a yolk sac or embryo/fetus with cardiac activity is<br />
visualized. A small, eccentric intrauterine fluid collection with an echogenic rim can be<br />
seen before the yolk sac and embryo are detectable in a very early intrauterine<br />
pregnancy. In the absence of sonographic signs of ectopic pregnancy, the fluid collection<br />
is highly likely to represent an intrauterine gestational sac. In this circumstance, the<br />
intradecidual sign may be helpful.10 Follow-up sonography and/or serial determination of<br />
maternal serum human chorionic gonadotropin levels are/is appropriate in pregnancies of<br />
undetermined location to avoid inappropriate intervention in a potentially viable early<br />
pregnancy.<br />
The crown-rump length is a more accurate indicator of gestational (menstrual) age than is<br />
the mean gestational sac diameter. However, the mean gestational sac diameter may be<br />
recorded when an embryo is not identified.<br />
Caution should be used in making the presumptive diagnosis of a gestational sac in the<br />
absence of a definite embryo or yolk sac. Without these findings, an intrauterine fluid<br />
collection could represent a pseudo–gestational sac associated with an ectopic<br />
pregnancy.<br />
The presence or absence of cardiac activity should be documented<br />
with a 2-dimensional video clip or M-mode imaging.<br />
Comment: With transvaginal scans, while cardiac motion is usually observed when the<br />
embryo is 2 mm or greater in length, if an embryo less than 7 mm in length is seen<br />
without cardiac activity, a subsequent scan in 1 week is recommended to ensure that the<br />
pregnancy is nonviable.<br />
Fetal number should be documented.<br />
Comment: Amnionicity and chorionicity should be documented for all multiple gestations<br />
when<br />
possible.<br />
Embryonic/fetal anatomy appropriate for the first trimester should be<br />
assessed.<br />
The nuchal region should be imaged, and abnormalities such as<br />
cystic hygroma<br />
should be documented.<br />
Comment: For those patients desiring to assess their individual risk of fetal aneuploidy, a<br />
very specific measurement of the NT during a specific age interval is necessary (as<br />
determined by the laboratory used). See the guidelines for this measurement below.
NT measurements should be used (in conjunction with serum biochemistry) to determine<br />
the risk of having a fetus with aneuploidy or other anatomic abnormalities such as heart<br />
defects.<br />
In this setting, it is important that the practitioner measure the NT according to<br />
established guidelines for measurement. A quality assessment program is recommended<br />
to ensure that false-positive and false-negative results are kept to a minimum.<br />
Guidelines for NT Measurement:<br />
i. The margins of the NT edges must be clear enough for proper placement of the<br />
calipers.<br />
ii. The fetus must be in the midsagittal plane.<br />
iii. The image must be magnified so that it is filled by the fetal head, neck, and upper<br />
thorax.<br />
iv. The fetal neck must be in a neutral position, not flexed and not hyperextended.<br />
v. The amnion must be seen as separate from the NT line.<br />
vi. The + calipers on the ultrasound must be used to perform the NT measurement.<br />
vii. Electronic calipers must be placed on the inner borders of the nuchal line space with<br />
none of the horizontal crossbar itself protruding into the space.<br />
viii. The calipers must be placed perpendicular to the long axis of the fetus.<br />
viiii. The measurement must be obtained at the widest space of the NT.<br />
The uterus including the cervix, adnexal structures, and cul-de-sac<br />
should be<br />
evaluated. Abnormalities should be imaged and documented.<br />
Comment: The presence, location, appearance, and size of adnexal masses should be<br />
documented. The presence and number of leiomyomata should be documented. The<br />
measurements of the largest or any potentially clinically significant leiomyomata should<br />
be documented. The cul-de-sac should be evaluated for the presence or absence of<br />
fluid. Uterine anomalies should be documented.<br />
B. Second- and Third-Trimester Ultrasound Examination<br />
Indications: for second- and third-trimester sonography include but are not limited to:<br />
a. Screening for fetal anomalies<br />
b. Evaluation of fetal anatomy;<br />
c. Estimation of gestational (menstrual) age;<br />
d. Evaluation of fetal growth;<br />
e. Evaluation of vaginal bleeding;<br />
f. Evaluation of abdominal or pelvic pain;<br />
g. Evaluation of cervical insufficiency;<br />
h. Determination of fetal presentation;<br />
i. Evaluation of suspected multiple gestation;<br />
j. Adjunct to amniocentesis or other procedure;<br />
k. Evaluation of a significant discrepancy between uterine size and clinical dates;<br />
l. Evaluation of a pelvic mass;<br />
m. Evaluation of a suspected hydatidiform mole;<br />
n. Adjunct to cervical cerclage placement;<br />
o. Suspected ectopic pregnancy;<br />
p. Suspected fetal death;<br />
q. Suspected uterine abnormalities;<br />
r. Evaluation of fetal well-being;<br />
s. Suspected amniotic fluid abnormalities;<br />
t. Suspected placental abruption;
u. Adjunct to external cephalic version;<br />
v. Evaluation of premature rupture of membranes and/or premature labor;<br />
w. Evaluation of abnormal biochemical markers;<br />
x. Follow-up evaluation of a fetal anomaly;<br />
y. Follow-up evaluation of placental location for suspected placenta previa;<br />
z. History of previous congenital anomaly;<br />
aa. Evaluation of the fetal condition in late registrants for prenatal care; and<br />
bb. Assessment for findings that may increase the risk for aneuploidy.<br />
Comment: In certain clinical circumstances, a more detailed examination of fetal<br />
anatomy may<br />
be indicated.<br />
Imaging Parameters for a Standard Fetal Examination<br />
Fetal cardiac activity, fetal number, and presentation should be<br />
documented.<br />
Comment: An abnormal heart rate and/or rhythm should be documented.<br />
Multiple gestations require the documentation of additional information: chorionicity,<br />
amnionicity, comparison of fetal sizes, estimation of amniotic fluid volume (increased,<br />
decreased, or normal) in each gestational sac, and fetal genitalia (when visualized).<br />
A qualitative or semiquantitative estimate of amniotic fluid volume<br />
should be documented.<br />
Comment: Although it is acceptable for experienced examiners to qualitatively estimate<br />
amniotic fluid volume, semiquantitative methods have also been described for this<br />
purpose<br />
(eg, amniotic fluid index, single deepest pocket, and 2-diameter pocket).<br />
The placental location, appearance, and relationship to the internal<br />
cervical os should be documented. The umbilical cord should be imaged and<br />
the number of vessels in the cord documented. The placental cord insertion site25 should<br />
be documented when technically possible.<br />
Comment: It is recognized that the apparent placental position early in pregnancy may not<br />
correlate well with its location at the time of delivery. Transabdominal, transperineal, or<br />
transvaginal views may be helpful in visualizing the internal cervical os and its relationship<br />
to the placenta. Transvaginal or transperineal ultrasound may be considered if the cervix<br />
appears shortened or cannot be adequately visualized during the transabdominal<br />
sonogram. A velamentous (also called membranous) placental cord insertion that crosses<br />
the internal os of the cervix is vasa previa, a condition that has a high risk of fetal mortality<br />
if not diagnosed before labor.<br />
Gestational (menstrual) age assessment.<br />
First-trimester crown-rump measurement is the most accurate means for sonographic<br />
dating of pregnancy. Beyond this period, a variety of sonographic parameters such as<br />
biparietal diameter, abdominal circumference, and femoral diaphysis length can be used to<br />
estimate gestational (menstrual) age. The variability of gestational (menstrual) age<br />
estimation, however, increases with advancing pregnancy. Significant discrepancies<br />
between gestational (menstrual) age and fetal measurements may suggest the possibility<br />
of a fetal growth abnormality, intrauterine growth restriction, or macrosomia.<br />
Comment: The pregnancy should not be redated after an accurate earlier scan has been<br />
performed and is available for comparison.<br />
i. The biparietal diameter is measured at the level of the thalami and cavum septi<br />
pellucidi or columns of the fornix. The cerebellar hemispheres should not be visible
in this scanning plane. The measurement is taken from the outer edge of the<br />
proximal skull to the inner edge of the distal skull.<br />
Comment: The head shape may be flattened (dolichocephaly) or rounded<br />
(brachycephaly) as a normal variant. Under these circumstances, certain variants<br />
of<br />
normal fetal head development may make measurement of the head<br />
circumference more reliable than biparietal diameter for estimating gestational<br />
(menstrual) age.<br />
ii. The head circumference is measured at the same level as the biparietal<br />
diameter, around the outer perimeter of the calvarium. This measurement is not<br />
affected by head shape.<br />
iii. The femoral diaphysis length can be reliably used after 14 weeks’ gestational<br />
(menstrual) age. The long axis of the femoral shaft is most accurately measured<br />
with the beam of insonation being perpendicular to the shaft, excluding the distal<br />
femoral epiphysis.<br />
iv. The abdominal circumference or average abdominal diameter should be<br />
determined at the skin line on a true transverse view at the level of the junction of<br />
the umbilical vein, portal sinus, and fetal stomach when visible.<br />
Comment: The abdominal circumference or average abdominal diameter measurement is<br />
used with other biometric parameters to estimate fetal weight and may allow detection of<br />
intrauterine growth restriction or macrosomia.<br />
Fetal weight estimation.<br />
Fetal weight can be estimated by obtaining measurements such as the biparietal<br />
diameter, head circumference, abdominal circumference or average abdominal diameter,<br />
and femoral diaphysis length. Results from various prediction models can be compared<br />
to fetal weight percentiles from published nomograms.<br />
Comment: If previous studies have been performed, appropriateness of growth should<br />
also be documented. Scans for growth evaluation can typically be performed at least 2 to<br />
4 weeks apart. A shorter scan interval may result in confusion as to whether<br />
measurement changes are truly due to growth as opposed to variations in the technique<br />
itself. Currently, even the best fetal weight prediction methods can yield errors as high as<br />
±15%. This variability can be influenced by factors such as the nature of the patient<br />
population, the number and types of anatomic parameters being measured, technical<br />
factors that affect the resolution of ultrasound images, and the weight range being<br />
studied.<br />
Maternal anatomy.<br />
Evaluation of the uterus, adnexal structures, and cervix should be performed when<br />
appropriate. If the cervix cannot be visualized, a transperineal or transvaginal scan may<br />
be considered when evaluation of the cervix is needed.<br />
Comment: This will allow recognition of incidental findings of potential clinical<br />
significance.<br />
The presence, location, and size of adnexal masses and the presence of at least the<br />
largest and potentially clinically significant leiomyomata should be documented. It is not<br />
always possible to image the normal maternal ovaries during the second and third<br />
trimesters.
Fetal anatomic survey.<br />
Fetal anatomy, as described in this document, may be adequately assessed by<br />
ultrasound after approximately 18 weeks’ gestational (menstrual) age. It may be possible<br />
to document normal structures before this time, although some structures can be difficult<br />
to visualize due to fetal size, position, movement, abdominal scars, and increased<br />
maternal abdominal wall thickness. A second- or third-trimester scan may pose<br />
technical limitations for an anatomic evaluation due to imaging artifacts from acoustic<br />
shadowing. When this occurs, the report of the sonographic examination should<br />
document the nature of this technical limitation. A follow-up examination may be helpful.<br />
The following areas of assessment represent the minimal elements of a standard<br />
examination of fetal anatomy. A more detailed fetal anatomic examination may be<br />
necessary if an abnormality or suspected abnormality is found on the standard<br />
examination.<br />
i. head<br />
o Lateral cerebral ventricles;<br />
o Choroid plexus;<br />
o Midline falx;<br />
o Cavum septi pellucidi;<br />
o Cerebellum;<br />
o Cistern magna; and<br />
o Upper lip.<br />
Comment: A measurement of the nuchal fold may be helpful during a specific age<br />
interval to assess the risk of aneuploidy.<br />
Chest:<br />
o Heart41–43:<br />
o Four-chamber view;<br />
o Left ventricular outflow tract; and<br />
o Right ventricular outflow tract.<br />
Abdomen:<br />
o Stomach (presence, size, and situs);<br />
o Kidneys;<br />
o Urinary bladder;<br />
o Umbilical cord insertion site into the fetal abdomen; and<br />
o Umbilical cord vessel number.<br />
Spine:<br />
o Cervical, thoracic, lumbar, and sacral spine.<br />
Extremities:<br />
o Legs and arms.<br />
Sex: In multiple gestations and when medically indicated.<br />
Documentation<br />
Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a<br />
permanent record of the ultrasound examination and its interpretation. Images of all<br />
appropriate areas, both normal and abnormal, should be recorded. Variations from<br />
normal size should be accompanied by measurements. Images should be labeled with<br />
the patient identification, facility identification, examination date, and side (right or left) of<br />
the anatomic site imaged.<br />
An official interpretation (final report) of the ultrasound findings should be included in the patient’s medical<br />
record. Retention of the ultrasound examination should be consistent both with clinical needs and with relevant<br />
legal and local health care facility requirements. Reporting should be in accordance with the AIUM Practice<br />
Guideline for Documentation of an Ultrasound Examination.
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Obstetrics (Simulation)<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s will apply creative thinking and logic to generate scanning<br />
protocol for:<br />
First Trimester<br />
Second-Third Trimester<br />
Anatomical Survey<br />
Multigestational<br />
Biophysical Profile<br />
Others
AIUM Practice Guideline for the Performance of a Musculoskeletal<br />
Ultrasound Examination<br />
http://www.aium.org/resources/guidelines/musculoskeletal.pdf<br />
Indications<br />
Indications for MSK ultrasound include but are not limited to:<br />
A. Pain or dysfunction.<br />
B. Soft tissue or bone injury.<br />
C. Tendon or ligament pathology.<br />
D. Arthritis, synovitis, or crystal deposition disease.<br />
E. Intra-articular bodies.<br />
F. Joint effusion.<br />
G. Nerve entrapment, injury, neuropathy, masses, or subluxation.<br />
H. Evaluation of soft tissue masses, swelling, or fluid collections.<br />
I. Detection of foreign bodies in the superficial soft tissues.<br />
J. Planning and guiding an invasive procedure.<br />
K. Congenital or developmental anomalies.<br />
L. Postoperative or postprocedural evaluation.<br />
An MSK ultrasound examination should be performed when there is a valid medical<br />
reason.<br />
There are no absolute contraindications.<br />
Specifications for Individual Examinations<br />
Depending on the clinical request and the patient’s presentation, the ultrasound<br />
examination can involve a complete assessment of a joint or anatomic region, or it can be<br />
focused on a specific structure of interest. If a focused study is performed, it is essential<br />
to have a full understanding of the relevant abnormalities, including those that may<br />
correspond to the patient’s symptoms. General ultrasound scanning principles apply.<br />
Transverse and longitudinal views should always be obtained with the transducer parallel<br />
(that is, ultrasound beam perpendicular) to the axis of the region of interest to minimize<br />
artifacts. Abnormalities should be measured in orthogonal planes. Patient positioning for<br />
specific examinations may vary depending on the indication, clinical condition, and<br />
patient’s age.<br />
A. Specifications for a Shoulder Examination<br />
Patients should be examined in the sitting position when possible, preferably on a<br />
rotating seat. Examination of the shoulder should be tailored to the patient’s clinical<br />
circumstances and range of motion. Color and power Doppler imaging may be useful in<br />
detecting hyperemia within the joint or surrounding structures.<br />
The long head of the biceps tendon should be examined with the forearm in supination<br />
and resting on the thigh or with the arm in slight external rotation. The tendon is<br />
examined in a transverse plane (short axis), where it emerges from under the acromion,<br />
to the musculotendinous junction distally. Longitudinal views (long axis) should also be<br />
obtained. These views should be used to detect fluid or intra-articular loose bodies within<br />
the bicipital tendon sheath and to determine whether the tendon is properly positioned<br />
within the bicipital groove,<br />
subluxated, dislocated, or torn.<br />
The rotator cuff should be examined for signs of a tear, tendinosis, and/or calcification.<br />
Both long- and short-axis views of each tendon should be obtained. To examine the<br />
subscapularis tendon, the elbow remains at the side while the arm is placed in external<br />
rotation. The subscapularis is imaged from the musculotendinous junction to the insertion
on the lesser tuberosity of the humerus. Dynamic evaluation as the patient moves from<br />
internal to external rotation may be helpful.<br />
To examine the supraspinatus tendon, the arm can be extended posteriorly, and the<br />
palmar aspect of the hand can be placed against the superior aspect of the iliac wing with<br />
the elbow flexed and directed toward the midline (instruct the patient to place the hand in<br />
the back pocket). Other positioning techniques also may be helpful.<br />
To scan the supraspinatus and infraspinatus tendons along their long axis, it is important<br />
to orient the transducer approximately 45° between the sagittal and coronal planes to<br />
obtain a longitudinal view. The transducer then should be moved anteriorly and<br />
posteriorly to completely visualize the tendons.<br />
Short-axis views of the tendons should be obtained by rotating the probe 90° to the long<br />
axis. The tendons are visualized by sweeping medially to the acromion and laterally to<br />
their insertions on the greater tuberosity of the humerus. The more posterior aspect of the<br />
infraspinatus and teres minor tendons should be examined by placing the transducer at<br />
the level of the glenohumeral joint below the scapular spine while the forearm rests on<br />
the thigh with the hand supinated. Internal and external rotation of the arm is helpful in<br />
identifying the infraspinatus muscle and its tendon and in detecting small joint effusions.<br />
To visualize the teres minor tendon, the medial edge of the probe should be angled<br />
slightly inferiorly.<br />
Throughout the examination of the rotator cuff, the cuff should be compressed with the<br />
transducer to detect nonretracted tears. In evaluating rotator cuff tears, comparison with<br />
the<br />
contralateral side may be useful. Dynamic evaluation of the rotator cuff also is useful: for<br />
example, to evaluate the rotator cuff for impingement or to assess the cuff tear extent. In<br />
patients with a rotator cuff tear, the supraspinatus, infraspinatus, and teres minor muscles<br />
should be examined for atrophy, which may alter surgical management.<br />
During the rotator cuff examination, the subacromial-subdeltoid bursa should be<br />
examined for the presence of bursal thickening or fluid. It is also important to evaluate the<br />
glenohumeral joint with the probe placed in the transverse plane from a posterior<br />
approach to evaluate for effusions, intra-articular loose bodies, synovitis, or bony<br />
abnormalities. If symptoms warrant, the suprascapular notch and spinoglenoid notch also<br />
may be evaluated. The acromioclavicular joint should be evaluated with the probe placed<br />
at the apex of the shoulder, bridging the acromion and distal clavicle examined in a<br />
decubitus position, and older children are examined seated. The shoulder is scanned<br />
from a posterior approach to evaluate the relationship between the humeral head and<br />
glenoid, as well as the shape of the posterior glenoid. Both static and dynamic images<br />
are obtained. The shoulder is scanned through the full range of internal to external<br />
rotation. Posterior subluxation is assessed visually and by measuring the ı angle, which<br />
is the angle between the posterior margin of the scapula and the line drawn tangentially<br />
to the humeral head and posterior edge of the glenoid. The normal value of the ı angle is<br />
30° or less. The clavicle and proximal humerus are also evaluated for fracture.<br />
B. Specifications for an Elbow Examination<br />
The patient is seated with the arm extended and the hand in supination, resting on a<br />
table, and the examiner sitting in front of the patient. The elbow may also be examined<br />
with the patient supine and the examiner on the same side as the elbow of interest. The<br />
examination is divided into 4 quadrants: anterior, medial, lateral, and posterior. The<br />
examination may involve a complete assessment of 1 or more of the 4 quadrants or may<br />
be focused on a specific structure depending on the clinical presentation. Color and<br />
power Doppler imaging may be useful in detecting hyperemia within the joint or<br />
surrounding structures.
1. Anterior<br />
The anterior joint space and other recesses of the elbow are assessed for effusion,<br />
synovial proliferation, and loose bodies. Longitudinal and transverse scanning of the<br />
anterior humeroradial and humeroulnar joints and coronoid and radial fossae is<br />
performed to assess the articular cartilage and cortical bone. The annular recess of the<br />
neck of the radius is scanned dynamically with the patient alternatively supinating and<br />
pronating the forearm. The same dynamic assessment can be made for the biceps<br />
tendon and its attachment to the radial bicipital tuberosity. Evaluation of the brachialis<br />
muscle, the adjacent radial and brachial vessels, and the median and radial nerves can<br />
also be performed as clinically warranted.<br />
2. Lateral<br />
The patient extends the arm and places both palms together, or if the patient is supine,<br />
the forearm is placed across the abdomen. This position allows assessment of the lateral<br />
epicondyle and the attachments of the common extensor tendon as well as the more<br />
proximal attachments of the extensor carpi radialis longus and brachioradialis. The hand<br />
is then pronated with the transducer on the posterolateral aspect of the elbow to scan the<br />
radial collateral ligament.<br />
3. Medial<br />
The hand is placed in supination, or if the patient is supine, the upper limb is placed in<br />
abduction and external rotation to expose the medial side of the elbow. The medial<br />
epicondyle, common flexor tendon, and ulnar collateral ligament are scanned in both<br />
planes. The ulnar nerve is visualized in the cubital tunnel between the olecranon process<br />
and medial epicondyle. Static examination of the ulnar nerve may be facilitated by placing<br />
the elbow in an extended position. Dynamic subluxation of the ulnar nerve is assessed by<br />
imaging with flexion and extension of the elbow. Dynamic examination with valgus stress<br />
is performed to assess the integrity of the ulnar collateral ligament. During stress testing,<br />
the elbow must be slightly flexed to disengage the olecranon from the olecranon fossa.<br />
4. Posterior<br />
The palm is placed down on the table, or if the patient is supine, the forearm is placed<br />
across the abdomen, with the elbow flexed to 90°. The posterior joint space, triceps<br />
tendon, olecranon process, and olecranon bursa are assessed.<br />
C. Specifications for a Wrist and Hand Examination<br />
The patient sits with hands resting on a table placed anteriorly or on a pillow placed on<br />
the patient’s thighs. Alternatively, the examination can be performed with the patient<br />
supine. The volar examination requires the wrists to be placed flat or in mild dorsiflexion<br />
with the palm up and during both ulnar and radial deviation to delineate all the necessary<br />
anatomy. The dorsal scan requires the wrist to be placed palm down with mild volar<br />
flexion. The examination may involve a complete assessment of 1 or more of the 3<br />
anatomic regions described below or may be focused on a specific structure depending<br />
on the clinical presentation. Color and power Doppler imaging may be useful in detecting<br />
hyperemia within the joint or surrounding structures.<br />
1. Volar<br />
Transverse and longitudinal images should be obtained from the volar wrist crease to the<br />
thenar muscles. The transducer will require angulation to compensate for the normal<br />
contour of the wrist. The flexor retinaculum, flexor digitorum profundus and superficialis<br />
tendons, and adjacent flexor pollicis longus tendon should be identified within the carpal<br />
tunnel. Dynamic imaging with flexion and extension of the fingers will demonstrate normal<br />
motion of these tendons. The median nerve lies superficial to these tendons and deep to
the flexor retinaculum, and it moves with the tendons but with less amplitude on dynamic<br />
imaging. The distal end of the median nerve is tapered and divides into multiple divisions<br />
for the hand. The palmaris longus tendon lies superficial to the retinaculum. On the radial<br />
side of the wrist, the flexor carpi radialis longus tendon lies within its own canal. It is<br />
important to evaluate the region of the flexor carpi radialis and the radial artery for occult<br />
ganglion cysts, which typically originate from the radiocarpal joint capsule. On the ulnar<br />
side, branches of the ulnar nerve and artery lie within the Guyon canal. The flexor carpi<br />
ulnaris tendon and pisiform bone border the ulnar aspect of the Guyon canal. All of the<br />
tendons can be followed to their sites of insertion if clinically indicated.<br />
2. Ulnar<br />
Placing the transducer transversely on the ulnar styloid and moving distally will allow<br />
visualization of the triangular fibrocartilage complex (TFCC) in its long axis. The<br />
transducer is then moved 90° to view the short axis of the TFCC. The ulnomeniscal<br />
homologue may be seen just deep to the extensor carpi ulnaris tendon. This tendon<br />
should be viewed in supination and pronation to assess for subluxation.<br />
3. Dorsal<br />
Structures are very superficial on the dorsal surface, and a high-frequency transducer is<br />
required with or without the use of a standoff pad. The extensor retinaculum divides the<br />
dorsal aspect of the wrist into 6 compartments, which accommodate 9 tendons. These<br />
tendons are examined in their short axes initially and then in their long axes in static and<br />
dynamic modes, the latter being performed with flexion and extension of the fingers. The<br />
tendons can be followed to their sites of insertion when clinically indicated. Moving the<br />
transducer transversely distal to the Lister tubercle identifies the dorsal aspect of the<br />
scapholunate ligament, a site of symptomatic ligament tears and ganglion cysts. The<br />
remaining intercarpal ligaments are not routinely assessed. In patients with suspected<br />
inflammatory arthritis, the dorsal radiocarpal, midcarpal, metacarpophalangeal, and, if<br />
symptomatic, proximal interphalangeal joints are evaluated from the volar and dorsal<br />
aspects in both the longitudinal and transverse planes for effusion, synovial hypertrophy,<br />
and bony erosions. Other joints of the wrist and hand are similarly evaluated as clinically<br />
indicated.<br />
D. Specifications for a Hip Examination<br />
Depending on the patient’s habitus, a lower-frequency transducer may be required to<br />
scan the hip. However, the operator should use the highest possible frequency that<br />
provides adequate penetration. The patient is placed supine to examine the anterior hip<br />
and turned as necessary to visualize the posterior, medial, and/or lateral hip. The<br />
examination may involve a complete assessment of 1 or more of the 4 anatomic regions<br />
of the hip described below or may be focused on a specific structure depending on the<br />
clinical presentation. Color and power Doppler imaging may be useful in detecting<br />
hyperemia within the joint or surrounding structures.<br />
1. Anterior<br />
A sagittal oblique plane parallel to the long axis of the femoral neck is used for evaluating<br />
the femoral head, neck, joint effusion, and synovitis. The sagittal plane is used for the<br />
labrum, iliopsoas tendon and bursa, femoral vessels, and sartorius and rectus femoris<br />
muscles. The above structures are then scanned in the transverse plane, perpendicular<br />
to the original scan plane. When a “snapping hip” is suspected, dynamic scanning is<br />
performed over the region of interest using the same movement that the patient<br />
describes as precipitating the complaint. The snapping hip is usually related to the<br />
iliopsoas tendon as it passes anteriorly over the superior pubic bone or laterally where<br />
the iliotibial tract crosses the greater trochanter.
2. Lateral<br />
In the lateral decubitus position, with the symptomatic side up, transverse and<br />
longitudinal scans of the greater trochanter, greater trochanteric bursa, gluteus medius,<br />
gluteus maximus, gluteus minimus, and tensor fascia lata should be performed. An<br />
iliotibial tract that snaps over the greater trochanter can be assessed in this position using<br />
dynamic flexion-extension.<br />
3. Medial<br />
The hip is placed in external rotation with 45° knee flexion (frog leg position). The distal<br />
iliopsoas tendon, due to its oblique course, may be better seen in this position. The<br />
adductor muscles are imaged in their long axis with the probe in a sagittal oblique<br />
orientation, with short-axis images obtained perpendicular to this plane. In addition, the<br />
pubic bone and symphysis and the distal rectus abdominis insertion should be evaluated.<br />
4. Posterior<br />
The patient is prone with the legs extended. Transverse and longitudinal views of the<br />
glutei, hamstrings, and sciatic nerve are obtained. The glutei are imaged obliquely from<br />
origin to greater trochanter (gluteus medius and minimus) and linea aspera (gluteus<br />
maximus). The sciatic nerve is scanned in its short axis from its exit at the greater sciatic<br />
foramen, deep to the gluteus maximus. It can be followed distally, midway between the<br />
ischial tuberosity and greater trochanter, lying superficial to the quadratus femoris<br />
muscle. For information on the neonatal hip, see the AIUM Practice Guideline for the<br />
Performance of an Ultrasound Examination for Detection and Assessment of<br />
Developmental Dysplasia of the Hip.<br />
E. Specifications for a Prosthetic Hip Examination<br />
The hip is assessed for joint effusions and extra-articular fluid collections, often as part of<br />
an ultrasound-guided procedure for fluid aspiration in the clinical scenario of possible<br />
prosthetic joint infection. The regions of the greater trochanter and iliopsoas are<br />
evaluated for fluid collections or tendon abnormalities such as tendinosis or tears of the<br />
iliopsoas, gluteus medius, and gluteus minimus tendons.<br />
F. Specifications for a Knee Examination<br />
An ultrasound examination of the knee is divided into 4 quadrants. The examination may<br />
involve a complete assessment of 1 or more of the 4 quadrants of the knee described<br />
below or may be focused on a specific structure depending on the clinical presentation.<br />
Color and power Doppler imaging may be useful in detecting hyperemia within the joint or<br />
surrounding structures<br />
1. Anterior<br />
The patient is supine with the knee flexed to 30°. Longitudinal and transverse scans of<br />
the quadriceps and patellar tendons, patellar retinacula, and suprapatellar recess are<br />
obtained. The distal femoral trochlear cartilage can be assessed with the probe placed in<br />
the suprapatellar space in the transverse plane and with the knee in maximal flexion.<br />
Longitudinal views of the cartilage over the medial and lateral femoral condyles are<br />
added as indicated. The prepatellar, superficial, and deep infra-patellar bursae are also<br />
evaluated.<br />
2. Medial<br />
The patient remains supine with slight flexion of the knee and hip and with slight external<br />
rotation of the hip. Alternatively, the patient may be placed in the lateral decubitus<br />
position. The medial joint space is examined. The medial collateral ligament, pes<br />
anserine tendons and bursa, and medial patellar retinaculum are scanned in both planes.
The anterior horn and body of the medial meniscus may be identified in this position,<br />
particularly with valgus stress. If meniscal pathology is suspected either clinically or by<br />
ultrasound, further imaging with magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) or computed<br />
tomographic arthrography if there are contraindications to MRI is advised.<br />
3. Lateral<br />
The patient remains supine with the ipsilateral leg internally rotated or in a lateral<br />
decubitus position. A pillow may be placed between the knees for comfort. From posterior<br />
to anterior, the popliteus tendon, biceps femoris tendon, fibular collateral ligament, and<br />
iliotibial band are scanned. The lateral patellar retinaculum can also be assessed in this<br />
position (as well as in the anterior position). The joint line is scanned for lateral meniscal<br />
pathology, with varus stress applied as needed.<br />
4. Posterior<br />
The patient lies prone with the leg extended. The popliteal fossa, semimembranosus,<br />
medial, and lateral gastrocnemius muscles, tendons, and bursae are assessed. To<br />
confirm the diagnosis of a popliteal cyst, the comma-shaped extension toward the<br />
posterior joint has to be visualized sonographically in the posterior transverse scan<br />
between the medial head of the gastrocnemius and semimembranosus tendon. In<br />
addition, the posterior horns of both menisci can be evaluated. The posterior cruciate<br />
ligament may be identifiable in a sagittal oblique plane in this position.<br />
G. Specifications for an Ankle and Foot Examination<br />
An ultrasound examination of the ankle is divided into 4 quadrants (anterior, medial,<br />
lateral, and posterior). The examination may involve a complete assessment of 1 of the 4<br />
quadrants described below or may be focused on a specific structure depending on the<br />
clinical presentation. Examination of the foot is most often focused on a particular<br />
structure to answer the clinical question (for example, plantar fasciitis, Morton neuroma,<br />
or a ganglion cyst). Color and power Doppler imaging may be useful in detecting<br />
hyperemia within the joint or surrounding structures.<br />
1. Anterior<br />
The patient lies supine with the knee flexed and the plantar aspect of the foot flat on the<br />
table. The anterior tendons are assessed in long- and short-axis planes from their<br />
musculotendinous junctions to their distal insertions. From medial to lateral, this tendon<br />
group includes the tibialis anterior, extensor hallucis longus, extensor digitorum longus,<br />
and peroneus tertius tendons (the latter being congenitally absent in some patients). The<br />
anterior joint recess is scanned for effusion, loose bodies, and synovial thickening. The<br />
anterior joint capsule is attached to the anterior tibial margin and the neck of the talus,<br />
and the hyaline cartilage of the talus appears as a thin hypoechoic line. The anterior<br />
inferior tibiofibular ligament of the syndesmotic complex is assessed by moving the<br />
transducer proximally over the distal tibia and fibula, superior and medial to the lateral<br />
malleolus, and scanning in an oblique plane.<br />
2. Medial<br />
The patient is placed in a lateral decubitus position with the medial ankle facing upward.<br />
The posterior tibial, flexor digitorum longus, and flexor hallucis longus tendons (located in<br />
this order from anterior to posterior) are initially scanned in the short-axis plane proximal<br />
to the medial malleolus to identify each tendon. They are then assessed in long- and<br />
short-axis planes from their proximal musculotendinous junctions in the supramalleolar<br />
region to their distal insertions. To avoid anisotropy, the angulation of the transducer<br />
must be adjusted continuously for the ultrasound beam to remain perpendicular to the<br />
tendons as they curve under the medial malleolus. The same holds true when assessing<br />
the lateral aspect of the ankle, as described below. The tibial nerve can be scanned by<br />
identifying it between the flexor digitorum tendon anteriorly and the flexor hallucis longus
tendon posteriorly, at the level of the malleolus. The nerve can then be followed<br />
proximally and distally. The flexor hallucis longus may also be scanned in the posterior<br />
position, medial to the Achilles tendon. The deltoid ligament is scanned longitudinally<br />
from its attachment to the medial malleolus to the navicular, talus, and calcaneus.<br />
3. Lateral<br />
The patient is placed in a lateral decubitus position with the lateral ankle facing upward.<br />
The peroneus brevis and longus tendons are identified proximal to the lateral malleolus in<br />
their short-axis planes, and they can then be assessed in long- and short-axis planes<br />
from their proximal (supramalleolar) musculotendinous junctions to their distal insertions.<br />
The peroneus longus can be followed in this manner to the cuboid groove where it turns<br />
to course medially along the plantar aspect of the foot to insert on the base of the first<br />
metatarsal and medial cuneiform. This latter aspect of the tendon can be scanned in the<br />
prone position as clinically indicated. The peroneus brevis tendon is followed to its<br />
insertion on the base of the fifth metatarsal. The peroneus brevis and longus tendons are<br />
assessed for subluxation using real-time images with dorsiflexion and eversion.<br />
Circumduction of the ankle can also be a helpful maneuver. The lateral ligament complex<br />
is examined by placing the transducer on the tip of the lateral malleolus in the following<br />
orientations: anterior and posterior horizontal oblique for the anterior and posterior<br />
talofibular ligaments and posterior vertical oblique for the calcaneofibular ligament.<br />
4. Posterior<br />
The patient is prone with feet extending over the end of the table. The Achilles tendon is<br />
scanned in long- and short-axis planes from the musculotendinous junctions (medial and<br />
lateral heads of the gastrocnemius and soleus muscles) to the site of insertion on the<br />
posterior surface of the calcaneus. Dynamic scanning with plantar and dorsiflexion may<br />
aid in the evaluation of tears. The plantaris tendon lies along the medial aspect of the<br />
Achilles tendon and inserts on the posteromedial calcaneus. It should be noted that this<br />
tendon may be absent as a normal variant but is often intact in the setting of a fullthickness<br />
Achilles tendon tear. The retrocalcaneal bursa, between the Achilles and<br />
superior calcaneus, is also assessed. Assessment for a superficial retro Achilles bursa is<br />
facilitated by floating the transducer on ultrasound gel and evaluating for fluid within the<br />
subcutaneous tissues. The plantar fascia is scanned in both long- and short-axis planes<br />
from its proximal origin on the medial calcaneal tubercle distally where it divides and<br />
merges into the soft tissues.<br />
5. Digital<br />
In patients with suspected inflammatory arthritis, the metatarsophalangeal joints and, if<br />
symptomatic, proximal interphalangeal joints are evaluated from the plantar and dorsal<br />
aspects in both the longitudinal and transverse planes for effusion, synovial hypertrophy,<br />
synovial hyperemia, and bony erosions. Other joints of the foot are similarly evaluated as<br />
clinically indicated.<br />
6. Interdigital<br />
The patient is supine with the foot dorsiflexed 90° to the ankle. Either a dorsal or plantar<br />
approach can be used. The latter will be described here. The transducer is placed<br />
longitudinally on the plantar aspect of the first interdigital space, and the examiner applies<br />
digital pressure on the dorsal surface. The transducer is moved laterally with its center at<br />
the level of the metatarsal heads. The process is repeated for the remaining interspaces<br />
and then repeated in the transverse plane. When a Morton neuroma is clinically<br />
suspected, pressure can be applied to reproduce the patient’s symptoms. The<br />
intermetatarsal bursa lies on the dorsal aspect of the interdigital nerve, and care must be<br />
taken to correctly identify a neuroma and differentiate it from the bursa.
H. Specifications for a Peripheral Nerve Examination<br />
Nerves have a fascicular pattern with hypoechoic longitudinal neuronal fascicles<br />
interspersed with hyperechoic interfascicular epineurium. In addition, they have a<br />
hyperechoic superficial epineurium. As a nerve bifurcates, each fascicle enters one of the<br />
subdivisions without splitting. Nerves course adjacent to vessels and are readily<br />
distinguished from the surrounding tendons with a dynamic examination, during which the<br />
nerve demonstrates relatively little movement compared to the adjacent tendons. Nerves<br />
may become more hypoechoic as they pass through fibro-osseous tunnels, as the<br />
fascicles become more compact. Examination in the short-axis plane is usually preferred<br />
to assess the course of the nerve because it may be difficult to separate the nerve itself<br />
from the surrounding tendons and muscles on a longitudinal scan. Assessment at the<br />
level of fibro-osseous tunnels may require a dynamic examination. A statically dislocated<br />
nerve is readily identifiable on ultrasound imaging, but an intermittently subluxating nerve<br />
requires a dynamic examination. Perhaps the most commonly subluxating nerve is the<br />
ulnar nerve within the cubital tunnel (see Specifications for an Elbow Examination).<br />
Entrapment neuropathies also typically occur within fibro-osseous tunnels, (eg, cubital<br />
and Guyon tunnels for the ulnar nerve, carpal tunnel for the median nerve, fibular neck<br />
for the common peroneal nerve, and tarsal tunnel for the tibial nerve). Adjacent pathology<br />
of tendons, soft tissues, and bone can be readily evaluated to determine the potential<br />
underlying cause of the nerve dysfunction. In addition, congenital abnormalities, (eg,<br />
accessory muscles or vessels) can be assessed.<br />
I. Specifications for a Soft Tissue Mass Examination<br />
The mass should be scanned in both long- and short-axis planes. Ultrasound imaging is<br />
an excellent method for differentiating solid from cystic masses. The mass should be<br />
measured in 3 orthogonal dimensions, and its relationship with surrounding structures,<br />
particularly joints, neurovascular bundles, and tendons, should be determined.<br />
Compressibility of the lesion should be evaluated. A color or power Doppler evaluation<br />
may help delineate intralesional and extralesional vessels and vascularity of a mass.<br />
J. Specifications for Interventional MSK Ultrasound<br />
Ultrasound imaging is an ideal modality for image guidance of interventional procedures<br />
within the MSK system. The usual standards for interventional procedures apply (ie,<br />
review prior imaging, appropriate consent, local anesthetic, and sterile conditions). The<br />
use of a sterile drape that surrounds the prepared site, a sterile ultrasound probe cover,<br />
and sterile gloves will lower the risk of contamination and infection. Ultrasound provides<br />
direct visualization of the needle, monitors the needle pathway, and shows the position of<br />
the needle within the target area. Direct visualization of the needle allows the practitioner<br />
to avoid significant intralesional and extralesional vessels, adjacent nerves, and other<br />
structures at risk.<br />
Before any procedure, an ultrasound examination to characterize the target area and its<br />
relationship to surrounding structures is performed. Color or power Doppler imaging is<br />
useful to delineate any vessels within the target zone. Ideally, the shortest pathway to the<br />
region of interest should be selected, with consideration given to regional neurovascular<br />
structures. The transducer is aligned in the same longitudinal plane as the needle. The<br />
needle can be attached directly to the transducer or held freehand. Either way, the<br />
needle is visualized throughout the procedure. Slight to-and-fro movement or injection of<br />
a small amount of sterile saline or air may be beneficial in visualizing the needle. In cases<br />
of biopsy, focal areas of vascularity indicate viable tissue for pathologic examination.
K. Specifications for an Ultrasound Examination for Detecting<br />
Foreign Bodies<br />
Most foreign bodies are associated with an acoustic shadow or comet tail artifact. Foreign<br />
bodies also commonly have a surrounding soft tissue reaction. Once a foreign body is<br />
detected, ultrasound can be used to demonstrate its relationship to adjacent structures.<br />
In addition to a high-frequency linear array transducer, detection of foreign bodies in<br />
superficial subcutaneous tissues may require a standoff pad. Color and power Doppler<br />
imaging may be useful in detecting the tissue reaction that often surrounds a soft foreign<br />
body. When available, 3-dimensional imaging may be useful for localization.<br />
VII. Documentation<br />
Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a<br />
permanent record of the ultrasound examination and its interpretation. Images of all<br />
appropriate areas, both normal and abnormal, should be recorded. Variations from<br />
normal size should be accompanied by measurements. Images should be labeled with<br />
the patient identification, facility identification, examination date, and side (right or left) of<br />
the anatomic site imaged. An official interpretation (final report) of the ultrasound findings<br />
should be included in the patient’s medical record. Retention of the ultrasound<br />
examination should be consistent both with clinical needs and with relevant legal and<br />
local health care facility requirements. Reporting should be in accordance with the AIUM<br />
Practice Guideline for Documentation of an Ultrasound Examination.
NEONATAL SPINE (AIUM)<br />
http://www.aium.org/resources/guidelines/neonatalSpine.pdf<br />
Indications/Contraindications<br />
A. Indications<br />
The indications for sonography of the neonatal spinal canal and its contents include but<br />
are not limited to:<br />
1. Lumbosacral stigmata known to be associated with spinal dysraphism, including but<br />
not limited to:<br />
a. Midline or paramedian masses;<br />
b. Skin discolorations;<br />
c. Skin tags;<br />
d. Hair tufts;<br />
e. Hemangiomas;<br />
f. Pinpoint midline dimples; and<br />
g. Paramedian deep dimples;<br />
2. The spectrum of caudal regression syndrome, including patients with sacral agenesis<br />
and patients with anal atresia or stenosis;<br />
3. Evaluation of suspected defects such as cord tethering, diastematomyelia,<br />
hydromyelia,<br />
and syringomyelia;<br />
4. Detection of sequelae of injury, such as:<br />
a. Hematoma after spinal tap or birth injury;<br />
b. Sequelae of prior instrumentation, infection, or hemorrhage; and<br />
c. Posttraumatic leakage of cerebrospinal fluid (CSF);<br />
5. Visualization of fluid with characteristics of blood products within the spinal canal in<br />
patients with intracranial hemorrhage;<br />
6. Guidance for lumbar puncture9; and<br />
7. Postoperative assessment for cord retethering.<br />
Infants with simple, low-lying sacrococcygeal dimples typically have normal spinal<br />
contents; for them, the examination has a low diagnostic yield. On the other hand,<br />
atypical dimples, such as those larger than 5 mm, located greater than 2.5 cm above the<br />
anus, or seen in combination with other lesions, are at higher risk of occult spinal<br />
dysraphism.3 A sacral dimple or congenital sinus that is leaking CSF will need further<br />
assessment with magnetic resonance imaging, and sonography is therefore not a<br />
mandatory first examination in this circumstance.<br />
B. Contraindications<br />
1. Preoperative examination in patients with open spinal dysraphism; and<br />
2. Examination of the contents of a closed neural tube defect if the skin overlying the<br />
defect is thin or no longer intact.<br />
V. Specifications of the Examination<br />
The examination should be performed with the infant lying in the prone position, although<br />
the study can also be done with the patient lying on his or her side when necessary. A<br />
small bolster, such as a rolled blanket, may be placed under the lower abdomen/pelvis to<br />
help position the patient. The knees may be flexed to the abdomen to allow adequate<br />
spacing of the spinous processes and visualization of the spinal canal contents. An infant<br />
who has recently been fed will generally lie quietly during the examination. If feeding is<br />
not possible, a pacifier dipped in glucose solution will often be helpful in keeping an infant<br />
still for an optimal examination. It is important to note that infants, particularly if not full
term, have difficulty maintaining normal body temperature. Therefore, the examination<br />
should be performed in a warm room, and the coupling agent should be warmed.<br />
The cord should be assessed in the longitudinal and transverse planes, with right and left<br />
labeled on transverse images. The examination may be limited to the lumbosacral region<br />
in specific cases, such as in patients being evaluated for a sacrococcygeal dimple or in<br />
those patients being scanned to look for the presence of hematoma after an unsuccessful<br />
or traumatic spinal tap. The entire spinal canal, from the craniocervical junction to the<br />
coccyx, may be included in appropriately selected cases.<br />
The normal cord morphologic characteristics and the level of termination of the conus<br />
should be assessed and documented. To do this, the vertebral body levels need to be<br />
accurately identified and numbered. Once the vertebral bodies are clearly numbered, the<br />
level of termination of the conus can be determined. In normal patients, the conus should<br />
lie at or above the L2 to L3 disk space In fetuses and extremely preterm neonates, the<br />
normal conus medullaris may be caudal to the superior endplate of L3.14 In a preterm<br />
neonate with a conus that terminates at the L3 midvertebral body, a follow-up sonogram<br />
after age correction of 40 weeks’ gestation but before age correction of 6 months is<br />
warranted.8 The level of termination of the conus and its configuration should be<br />
documented, as well as any deviations from normal.<br />
The vertebral level can be determined in a number of ways. These include:<br />
1. After assessment of the normal lumbosacral curvature to locate the last lumbar<br />
vertebra or L5, the vertebral level of the conus is determined by counting the<br />
cephalad. This method tends to be more reproducible than the other methods<br />
described below, which rely on counting the number of rib-bearing vertebrae or<br />
the number of ossified sacral and coccygeal segments and can lead to less<br />
reliable results.<br />
2. The first coccygeal segment has variable ossification at birth but, if ossified, can<br />
be distinguished by its more rounded shape compared with the square or<br />
rectangular shape of the sacral bodies. Counting cephalad from S1 again can<br />
help determine the vertebral level of the conus.<br />
3. The last rib-bearing vertebra can be presumed to be T12, and the sequential<br />
lumbar level can be thus determined.<br />
4. When the level of the conus cannot be definitively assessed as normal or<br />
abnormal, correlation with previous plain radiographs, if available, is helpful. A<br />
radiopaque marker can be placed on the skin at the level of the conus under<br />
sonographic guidance, followed by and correlated with a spine radiograph.<br />
The level of termination of the cord is important in assessment of tethering. The cord<br />
position within the spinal canal and motion of cord and nerve roots are also helpful<br />
parameters in assessment for cord tethering. The normal position of the cord within the<br />
spinal canal, and deviation from normal, such as apposition to the dorsal aspect of the<br />
spinal canal as seen in tethering, should be documented. Cine evaluation can be helpful<br />
both in depicting anatomy and in showing movement of the distal cord and nerve roots in<br />
conjunction with cardiac-related pulsations of the spinal CSF. M-mode imaging can also<br />
be very helpful in documenting motion of the cord and nerve roots. The normal nerve<br />
roots pulsate freely with cardiac and respiratory motion, layer dependently with variable<br />
patient positioning, and are not adherent to each other. Cine evaluation can also<br />
document changes that occur with head flexion and extension.<br />
A standoff pad or a thick layer of coupling gel may be used, if needed, to follow a tract<br />
from the skin surface.<br />
The integrity of the cord should be documented. Areas of abnormal fluid accumulation,<br />
such as hydromyelia or syringomyelia, anterior, lateral, or posterior meningoceles or
pseudomeningoceles, or arachnoid cysts, should be documented and their level<br />
identified. Transverse images are essential to identify and document diastematomyelia,<br />
with off-center scanning to avoid the potential pitfall of a reverberation artifact creating a<br />
lateral duplication or ghost image The subarachnoid space should be evaluated for a<br />
normal anechoic appearance, interrupted by normal hyperechoic linear nerve roots and<br />
dentate ligaments. The subarachnoid space, dura, and epidural space should be<br />
evaluated, and abnormalities such as hematoma, lipoma, and other masses should be<br />
documented.<br />
In addition to the termination of the conus, the termination of the thecal sac, typically<br />
located at S2, should be documented. The normal filum measures less than 2 mm in<br />
thickness. If the filum is abnormally hyperechoic or appears thickened, it should be<br />
measured and documented. The nerve roots of the cauda equina should be delineated<br />
within the thecal sac. In cases of failed lumbar puncture, additional imaging with the child<br />
supported in a seated position, bending forward, may be useful to allow gravity to distend<br />
the lower thecal sac with CSF. Meningoceles or pseudomeningoceles in some patients.<br />
Anterior meningoceles or presacral masses should also be scanned from an anterior<br />
position.<br />
The vertebral bodies and posterior elements should be evaluated for deformities.<br />
Dysraphic defects with open posterior elements should be documented on transverse<br />
views.<br />
VI. Documentation<br />
Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a<br />
permanent record of the ultrasound examination and its interpretation. Images of all<br />
appropriate areas, both normal and abnormal, should be recorded. Variations from<br />
normal size should be accompanied by measurements. Images should be labeled with<br />
the patient identification, facility identification, examination date, and side (right or left) of<br />
the anatomic site imaged.<br />
An official interpretation (final report) of the ultrasound findings should be included in the<br />
patient’s medical record. Retention of the ultrasound examination should be consistent<br />
both with clinical needs and with relevant legal and local health care facility requirements.<br />
Reporting should be in accordance with the AIUM Practice Guideline for Documentation<br />
of an Ultrasound Examination.<br />
VII. Equipment Specifications<br />
Sonography of the infant spine should be performed with real-time scanners using<br />
highfrequency linear array transducers, typically 7 to 10 MHz or higher in neonates.19<br />
When possible, panoramic views of the entire spinal canal are very helpful in providing an<br />
overview of the anatomy and termination of the cord and thecal sac. Images of the<br />
craniocervical junction may need to be obtained with a small vector or tightly curved array<br />
transducer.
Neurosonography (AIUM)<br />
http://www.aium.org/resources/guidelines/neurosonography.pdf<br />
Indications/Contraindications<br />
Indications for neurosonography in preterm and term neonates and infants<br />
include but are not limited to the<br />
following:<br />
1. To screen for hemorrhage or parenchymal abnormalities in<br />
preterm infants;<br />
2. To evaluate for hemorrhage;<br />
3. To evaluate for hydrocephalus;<br />
4. To evaluate for the presence of vascular abnormalities;<br />
5. To evaluate for possible or suspected hypoxic ischemic<br />
encephalopathy;<br />
6. To evaluate for the presence of congenital malformations;<br />
7. To evaluate patients with signs and/or symptoms of central<br />
nervous system<br />
disorders, eg, seizures and facial malformations;<br />
8. For follow-up or surveillance of previously documented<br />
abnormalities,<br />
including prenatal abnormalities;<br />
9. For screening before surgical procedures.<br />
There are no contraindications to neurosonography.<br />
Specifications of the Examination<br />
Standard Imaging Examination of the Neonate and Infant<br />
The coronal view, by convention, should have the patient’s right side on<br />
the left side of the image. The right or left side of the patient should be<br />
clearly annotated on the images.<br />
Representative coronal views angling from anterior to posterior are<br />
performed through the anterior fontanelle and should include, sequentially:<br />
1. The frontal lobe and frontal horns of the lateral ventricles;<br />
2. The septum pellucidum, corpus callosum, and portions of the<br />
frontal, parietal,<br />
and temporal lobes;<br />
3. The caudothalamic groove and basal ganglia;<br />
4. The bodies of the lateral ventricles; and<br />
5. The posterior portions of the temporal lobes, occipital lobes,<br />
fourth ventricle,<br />
cerebellum, and cisterna magna.
The transducer may be tilted from side to side to image as much of the<br />
superficial peripheral surfaces of the cerebral hemispheres as possible.<br />
The frequency of the transducer should be selected to ensure that the<br />
superficial and deep structures are well depicted. This may necessitate<br />
using more than 1 frequency setting, a linear transducer, or a standoff pad<br />
to aid in imaging of the superior sagittal sinus and superficial central<br />
cerebral structures.<br />
The sagittal view, by convention, should place the anterior aspect of the<br />
brain on the left side of the image. The right side, midline, or left side<br />
should be clearly annotated. Sequential representative sagittal views are<br />
obtained with appropriate degrees of left and right transducer angulation.<br />
On each side, these views should include the caudothalamic groove, the<br />
lateral ventricle with demonstration of the occipital horn and its choroid<br />
plexus, the periventricular white matter, the sylvian fissure, and the middle<br />
cerebral artery branches (angiographic sylvian triangle equivalent). A<br />
midline sagittal view should include the corpus callosum, the cavum<br />
septum pellucidum and cavum vergae extension (if present), the third<br />
ventricle, the area of the aqueduct of Sylvius, the fourth ventricle, the<br />
vermis of the cerebellum, and the cisterna magna.<br />
Additional views, if necessary, may be taken through the posterior or<br />
mastoid fontanelles, the foramen magnum, any open suture, or thin areas<br />
of the temporoparietal bone. The transtemporal approach may also be<br />
used to visualize the circle of Willis and its major branches. Cine loop<br />
software, when available, can be useful in demonstrating real-time<br />
information.<br />
When clinically indicated, spectral, color, and/or power Doppler imaging<br />
may be useful for evaluating vascular structures through any fontanelle or<br />
via the transcranial technique.<br />
Documentation<br />
Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There<br />
should be a permanent record of the ultrasound examination and its<br />
interpretation. Images of all appropriate areas, both normal and abnormal,<br />
should be recorded. Variations from normal size should be accompanied<br />
by measurements. Images should be labeled with the patient<br />
identification, facility identification, examination date, and side (right or left)<br />
of the anatomic site imaged. An official interpretation (final report) of the<br />
ultrasound findings should be included in the patient’s medical record.<br />
Retention of the ultrasound examination should be consistent both with<br />
clinical needs and with relevant legal and local health care facility<br />
requirements.
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Neonatal Head (Simulation)<br />
‣ Use warm gel and keep the baby warm<br />
‣ Use VERY gentle scanning pressure…do not push!<br />
‣ Coronal scan plane survey<br />
‣ Sagittal scan plane survey<br />
Coronal at Anterior Fontanelle<br />
Frontal lobes and orbital roof<br />
Anterior horns<br />
Third ventricle and mid lateral ventricles<br />
Trigone/Atria of the lateral ventricles<br />
Occipital region/lobe<br />
Additional images may be required for specific pathology<br />
Sagittal at Anterior Fontanelle<br />
Right Midline<br />
Right Parasagittal Caudothalamic Groove<br />
Right Tangential Parasagittal with Sylvian Fissure<br />
Left Midline<br />
Left Parasagittal Caudothalamic Groove<br />
Left Tangential Parasagittal with Sylvian Fissure<br />
Additional images may be required for specific pathology
AIUM Practice Guideline for the Performance of an<br />
Ultrasound Examination of the Extracranial Cerebrovascular<br />
System<br />
© 2011 by the American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine<br />
http://aium.org/resources/guidelines/extracranial.pdf (refer to this website for the<br />
complete document)<br />
Extracranial Cerebrovascular Ultrasound<br />
Indications<br />
Indications for an ultrasound examination of the extracranial carotid and vertebral arteries<br />
include but are not limited to:<br />
Evaluation of patients with hemispheric neurologic symptoms, including stroke,<br />
transient<br />
ischemic attack, and amaurosis fugax<br />
Evaluation of patients with a cervical bruit;<br />
Evaluation of pulsatile neck masses;<br />
Preoperative evaluation of patients scheduled for major cardiovascular surgical<br />
procedures;<br />
Evaluation of nonhemispheric or unexplained neurologic symptoms;<br />
Follow-up of patients with proven carotid disease;<br />
Evaluation of postoperative patients after cerebrovascular revascularization,<br />
including<br />
carotid endarterectomy, stenting, or carotid-to-subclavian bypass;<br />
Intraoperative monitoring of vascular surgery;<br />
Evaluation of suspected subclavian steal syndrome;<br />
Evaluation for suspected carotid artery dissection, arteriovenous fistula, or<br />
pseudoaneurysm; and<br />
Patients with carotid reconstruction after extracorporeal membrane oxygenation<br />
bypass.<br />
Specifications of the Examination<br />
A. Technique<br />
Extracranial cerebrovascular ultrasound evaluation consists of assessment of the<br />
accessible portions of the common and internal carotid arteries and basic assessment of<br />
the external carotid and vertebral arteries. All arteries should be scanned using<br />
appropriate gray scale and Doppler techniques and proper patient positioning. Gray<br />
scale imaging of the common carotid artery, its bifurcation, and both the internal and<br />
external carotid arteries should be<br />
performed in longitudinal and transverse planes. The internal carotid and common carotid<br />
arteries should be imaged as completely as possible with caudad angulation of the<br />
transducer in the supraclavicular area and cephalad angulation at the level of the<br />
mandible. Color Doppler imaging should be used to detect areas of narrowing and<br />
abnormal flow to select areas for Doppler spectral analysis. Color Doppler imaging<br />
should also be used to clarify the cause of image/pulsed Doppler mismatches and to<br />
detect narrow flow channels seen in high-grade (near-occlusive) stenoses.8 Power<br />
Doppler evaluation may be helpful to search for a narrow channel of residual flow in<br />
suspected occlusion or near occlusion.
Spectral Doppler imaging with angle-corrected blood-flow velocity measurements should<br />
be obtained at representative sites in the vessels. Additionally, scanning in areas of<br />
stenosis or suspected stenosis must be adequate to determine the maximal peak systolic<br />
velocity associated with the stenosis and to document disturbances in the waveform<br />
distal to the stenosis. Consistent angle correction is essential for determining blood flow<br />
velocity. All angle-corrected spectral Doppler waveforms must be obtained from<br />
longitudinal images.<br />
Angle correction should be applied in a consistent manner for all measurements (typically<br />
either parallel to the vessel wall or in line with the color lumen but not both). The angle<br />
between the direction of flowing blood and the applied Doppler ultrasound signal (angle<br />
[theta], the Doppler angle) should not exceed 60°. The reliability of velocity<br />
measurements decreases significantly at angles greater than 60°, and the use of velocity<br />
measurements obtained at angles greater than 60° is discouraged. Deviations from the<br />
protocol may be unavoidable (eg, with a very tortuous vessel) but should be minimized.<br />
Gain should be appropriate for the vessel scanned (undergaining or overgaining may<br />
affect velocity measurements).<br />
B. Recording<br />
1. Gray Scale Images—At a minimum, for each normal side evaluated, gray scale images<br />
must be obtained at each of the following levels:<br />
a. Long axis, common carotid artery;<br />
b. Long axis, at the carotid artery bifurcation;<br />
c. Long axis, internal carotid artery; and<br />
d. Short axis, proximal internal carotid artery.<br />
If abnormalities are found, additional images must be recorded:<br />
a. If atherosclerotic plaques are present, their extent, location, and characteristics<br />
should be documented with gray scale imaging in both the longitudinal and<br />
transverse<br />
planes.<br />
b. Other vascular or significant perivascular abnormalities should be<br />
documented.<br />
2. Color Doppler Images—Color images may be recorded using appropriate color<br />
technique<br />
to show filling of the normal lumen and/or flow disturbances associated with stenoses. In<br />
cases of occlusion, a color and/or power Doppler image of the abnormal vessel should be<br />
obtained to confirm that it is occluded.<br />
3. Spectral Doppler Images—For each normal side evaluated, spectral Doppler<br />
waveforms<br />
and maximal peak systolic velocities must be recorded at each of the following levels:<br />
a. Proximal common carotid artery;<br />
b. Mid or distal common carotid artery (generally 2–3 cm below the bifurcation);<br />
c. Proximal internal carotid artery;<br />
d. Distal internal carotid artery;<br />
e. Proximal external carotid artery; and<br />
f. Vertebral artery (in neck or near origin).<br />
If significant stenosis is found or suspected, additional images must be recorded and the<br />
location<br />
of the stenosis determined:
a. At the site of maximum velocity due to the stenosis; and<br />
b. Distal to the site of maximal velocity to document the presence or absence of<br />
disturbed flow.<br />
Diastolic velocities and velocity ratios may also be calculated as warranted depending on<br />
the<br />
laboratory interpretation criteria.<br />
The peak systolic velocity and flow direction in each of the vertebral arteries should be<br />
recorded.<br />
Stents require additional images. Indwelling stents should be sampled within, proximal,<br />
and<br />
distal to each stent, and the site of highest velocity should be determined and recorded.<br />
Interpretation<br />
The interpretation of cerebrovascular ultrasound images requires careful attention to<br />
protocol<br />
and interpretation criteria.<br />
1. Each laboratory must have interpretation criteria that are used by all members of<br />
the<br />
technical and physician staff.<br />
2. Diagnostic criteria must be derived from the literature from internal validation<br />
based<br />
on correlation with other imaging modalities or from surgical and/or pathologic<br />
correlation.<br />
3. The report must indicate internal carotid artery stenosis categories that are<br />
clinically<br />
useful and nationally accepted. Stenosis of greater than 50% should be graded as<br />
a<br />
range (eg, 50%–69% or 70% to near occlusion) or a numeric grade (eg, 60% ±<br />
10%)<br />
to provide adequate information for clinical decision making. Numerous factors<br />
affect<br />
interpretation criteria (eg, contralateral severe disease or occlusion and ipsilateral<br />
near<br />
occlusion).<br />
4. The report must indicate the vertebral artery flow direction and should indicate<br />
an<br />
abnormal waveform shape.<br />
5. The report may indicate plaque characterization depending on the laboratory<br />
interpretation<br />
criteria.<br />
6. The report should indicate other significant nonvascular abnormalities.<br />
7. The criteria for common and external carotid artery stenosis differ from internal<br />
carotid artery criteria.<br />
8. Stents require different criteria than native vessels.<br />
When available, modalities, parameters, and tests other than duplex ultrasound<br />
imaging may<br />
add valuable information to the cerebrovascular Doppler ultrasound examination.<br />
Documentation<br />
Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a<br />
permanent record of the ultrasound examination and its interpretation. Images of all<br />
appropriate areas, both normal and abnormal, should be recorded. Variations from<br />
normal size should be accompanied by measurements. Images should be labeled with
the patient identification, facility identification, examination date, and side (right or left) of<br />
the anatomic site imaged.<br />
An official interpretation (final report) of the ultrasound findings should be included in the<br />
patient’s medical record. Retention of the ultrasound examination should be consistent<br />
both with clinical needs and with relevant legal and local health care facility requirements.<br />
Practice Guideline for the Performance of Peripheral Arterial<br />
Ultrasound Examinations<br />
© 2010 by the American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine<br />
Indications<br />
The indications for peripheral arterial ultrasound examination include but are not limited<br />
to:<br />
1. The detection of hemodynamically significant stenoses or occlusions in<br />
specified segment(s) of the peripheral arteries in symptomatic patients with<br />
suspected arterial occlusive disease. These patients could present with<br />
recognized clinical indicators,<br />
including claudication, rest pain, ischemic tissue loss, and suspected arterial<br />
embolizations.<br />
2. The monitoring of sites of previous surgical interventions, including sites of<br />
previous bypass surgery with either synthetic or autologous vein grafts.<br />
3. The monitoring of sites of various percutaneous interventions, including<br />
angioplasty, thrombolysis/ thrombectomy, atherectomy, and stent placements.<br />
4. The evaluation of suspected vascular and perivascular abnormalities, including<br />
such entities as masses, aneurysms, pseudoaneurysms, and arteriovenous<br />
fistulas.<br />
5. Mapping of arteries before surgical interventions.<br />
6. Clarifying or confirming the presence of significant arterial abnormalities<br />
identified by other imaging modalities.<br />
Additional uses of Doppler ultrasound can include preoperative mapping for dialysis<br />
access and postoperative follow-up<br />
Specifications of the Examination<br />
The initial examination for determining the presence of arterial occlusive disease remains<br />
the determination of blood pressures in the extremities being studied. Blood pressure<br />
measurement at different levels should be reported as a ratio (eg, ankle/brachial index)<br />
where appropriate. The sonographic examination consists of gray scale imaging and the<br />
evaluation of the spectral Doppler waveforms in the corresponding arterial segments.<br />
Color Doppler ultrasound should be used to improve detection of arterial lesions and<br />
guide placement of the sample volume for spectral Doppler assessment.<br />
Appropriate Techniques and Diagnostic Criteria<br />
Specific sonographic techniques must be tailored to the different arterial segments<br />
studied and to the specific pathology being evaluated. Established imaging, Doppler, and<br />
pressure criteria may be used to identify arterial stenoses and occlusions, identify graft
abnormalities, detect abnormal arteriovenous communications, and evaluate suspected<br />
soft tissue abnormalities in proximity to an artery.<br />
Arterial Occlusive Disease<br />
For arterial occlusive disease, the following general considerations apply. The full length of<br />
the arterial segment(s) of interest should be evaluated with color Doppler ultrasound.<br />
Suspected abnormalities should also be imaged with gray scale ultrasound.<br />
Representative spectral Doppler waveforms with velocity measurements should be<br />
obtained and documented along the length of the arterial segment(s) and at any area of<br />
color or gray scale abnormality. A spectral Doppler waveform with velocity measurements<br />
in the arterial segment 2 to 4 cm proximal to (upstream of) any stenosis should be<br />
documented. The location and the length of any diseased or nonvisualized segment(s)<br />
should also be documented. Every attempt should be made to acquire spectral Doppler<br />
waveforms with velocity measurements with the angle between the direction of moving<br />
blood and the direction of the ultrasound beam kept at less than or equal to 60°. Velocity<br />
estimates made with larger angles are less reliable.<br />
An evaluation of the following arterial segments should generally be performed as<br />
indicated below. However, a focused or limited examination may be appropriate in certain<br />
clinical situations. At a minimum, an angle-corrected spectral Doppler waveform with<br />
velocity measurements should be obtained from the following sites:<br />
1.Lower extremity:<br />
a.Common femoral artery;<br />
b.Proximal superficial femoral artery;<br />
c.Mid superficial femoral artery;<br />
d.Distal superficial femoral artery;<br />
e. Popliteal artery.<br />
If clinically appropriate, imaging of the iliac, deep femoral, tibioperoneal, and dorsalis pedis<br />
arteries can be performed.<br />
2. Upper extremity:<br />
a. Subclavian artery;<br />
b. Axillary artery;<br />
c. Brachial artery.<br />
If clinically appropriate, imaging of the innominate, radial, and ulnar arteries and/or the<br />
palmar arch can be performed.<br />
Evaluation of Surgical and Percutaneous Interventions<br />
1.Bypass grafts: An attempt should be made to sample the full length of any<br />
bypass graft whenever possible with color Doppler ultrasound. Suspected<br />
abnormalities should also be imaged with gray scale ultrasound. Spectral<br />
Doppler waveforms and velocity measurements should be documented in the<br />
native artery proximal to the graft anastomosis, at the proximal anastomosis, at<br />
representative sites along the graft, at the distal anastomosis, and in the native<br />
artery distal to the anastomosis. Angle-corrected spectral Doppler waveforms<br />
and velocity measurements should also be obtained in regions of suspected flow<br />
abnormalities noted on gray scale or color Doppler imaging.<br />
2.Sites having undergone percutaneous interventions: An attempt should be<br />
made to sample the site of selective arterial interventions as well as the segment<br />
immediately proximal (upstream) and distal (downstream) to the site of<br />
intervention. Spectral Doppler<br />
waveforms and velocity measurements should be documented.
Other<br />
1. Suspected soft tissue abnormalities in proximity to arteries: The entire area of<br />
a suspected soft tissue abnormality should be imaged. If appropriate, spectral<br />
and color<br />
Doppler examinations may be performed to determine the presence and nature<br />
of blood flow in the region of the suspected abnormality.<br />
2. Pseudoaneurysms: The size of the pseudoaneurysm, the residual lumen, and<br />
the length and width of the communicating channel should be documented.<br />
Spectral Doppler waveforms should be obtained in the communicating channel to<br />
demonstrate “to-andfro”<br />
flow. In cases of therapeutic intervention, color and/or spectral Doppler<br />
ultrasound may be used as a guide to therapy and as a means of documenting<br />
therapeutic success.<br />
3.Abnormal communication between artery and vein: Color and spectral color<br />
Doppler ultrasound may be used to document the location of abnormal vascular<br />
communications. Angle-corrected spectral Doppler waveforms should be<br />
documented from within vessels<br />
proximal to, in the area of, and distal to abnormal communications. Color Doppler<br />
ultrasound is particularly useful for identifying the level of such communications<br />
and resultant transmitted soft tissue vibrations secondary to the flow<br />
disturbances produced by abnormal vascular communications.<br />
Documentation<br />
Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a<br />
permanent record of the ultrasound examination and its interpretation. Images of all<br />
appropriate areas, both normal and abnormal, should be recorded. Variations from<br />
normal size should be accompanied by measurements. Images should be labeled with<br />
the patient identification, facility identification,<br />
examination date, and side (right or left) of the anatomic site imaged. An official<br />
interpretation (final report) of the ultrasound findings should be included in the patient’s<br />
medical record. Retention of the ultrasound examination should be consistent both with<br />
clinical needs and with relevant legal and local health care facility requirements.<br />
Reporting should be in accordance with the AIUM Practice Guideline for Documentation<br />
of an Ultrasound Examination.<br />
Practice Guideline for the Performance of Peripheral Venous<br />
Ultrasound Examinations<br />
© 2010 by the American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine<br />
Guideline developed in collaboration with the American <strong>College</strong> of Radiology and the<br />
Society of Radiologists in Ultrasound.<br />
Indications<br />
The indications for peripheral venous ultrasound examinations include but are not limited<br />
to:<br />
1. Evaluation of possible venous thromboembolic disease or venous obstruction<br />
in symptomatic or high-risk asymptomatic individuals.<br />
2. Assessment of venous insufficiency, reflux, and varicosities.<br />
3. Assessment of dialysis access.
4. Venous mapping before surgical<br />
5. Evaluation of veins before venous access.<br />
6. Follow-up for patients with known venous thrombosis near the anticipated end<br />
of anticoagulation to determine if residual venous thrombosis is present.<br />
Specifications of the Examination<br />
The requesting health care provider should be encouraged to provide the pretest<br />
probability of acute deep venous thrombosis and/or the results of a D-dimer assay if<br />
known.<br />
Note: The words proximal and distal refer to the relative distance from the attached end<br />
of the limb, per Gray’s Anatomy. For example, the proximal femoral vein is closer to the<br />
hip, and the distal femoral vein is closer to the knee. The longitudinal or long axis is<br />
parallel to or along the<br />
length of the vein. The transverse or short axis is perpendicular to the long axis of the<br />
vein.<br />
Venous Thromboembolic Disease: Lower Extremity<br />
1. Technique<br />
a. Compression ultrasound: The fullest visualized extent of the common<br />
femoral, femoral (formerly known as the superficial femoral), and<br />
popliteal veins must be imaged using an optimal gray scale compression<br />
technique. The popliteal vein is examined distally to the tibioperoneal<br />
trunk. The proximal deep femoral and proximal great saphenous veins<br />
should also be examined. Venous compression is applied in the<br />
transverse plane with<br />
adequate pressure on the skin to completely obliterate the normal vein<br />
lumen. Focal symptoms will generally require evaluation of those areas.<br />
b. At a minimum (even if the examination is otherwise unilateral), right<br />
and left common femoral or right and left external iliac venous spectral<br />
Doppler waveforms should be recorded to evaluate for asymmetry or<br />
loss of respiratory phasicity. A popliteal venous spectral Doppler<br />
waveform of the symptomatic leg should also be obtained. All spectral<br />
Doppler waveforms should be obtained from the long axis.<br />
c. Color or spectral Doppler evaluation can be used to support the<br />
presence or absence of an abnormality.<br />
2. Recording<br />
a. For normal examinations, at a minimum:<br />
i. Gray scale images should be recorded without and with<br />
compression at each of the following levels:<br />
a. Common femoral vein;<br />
b. Junction of the common femoral vein with the great<br />
saphenous vein;<br />
c. Proximal deep femoral vein;<br />
d. Proximal femoral vein;<br />
e. Distal femoral vein;<br />
f. Popliteal vein.<br />
ii. Spectral Doppler waveforms from the long axis should be<br />
recorded at each of the following levels:<br />
a. Right common femoral or external iliac vein;<br />
b. Left common femoral or external iliac vein;<br />
c. Popliteal vein on symptomatic side or on both sides if<br />
there are bilateral symptoms.<br />
b. Abnormal findings generally require additional images to document the<br />
complete extent of the abnormalities:
i. Symptomatic areas such as the calf generally require<br />
additional evaluation and additional images if the cause of the<br />
symptoms is not readily elucidated by the standard examination.<br />
ii. The extent and location of sites where the veins fail to<br />
compress completely should be clearly recorded and generally<br />
require additional images. Long-axis views without compression<br />
may be helpful to characterize the abnormal vein.<br />
c. The patient presentation, clinical indication, or clinical management<br />
pathways may require protocol adjustments such as more detailed<br />
evaluation of the superficial venous system, evaluation of the deep calf<br />
veins, or a bilateral study.<br />
d. Other vascular and nonvascular abnormalities, if found, should be<br />
recorded but may require additional imaging for diagnosis or further<br />
characterization. Anatomic variations such as duplications should be<br />
noted.<br />
Venous Insufficiency<br />
1. Technique<br />
a. When evaluating for venous insufficiency, the location and duration of<br />
reversed blood flow should be determined during the performance of accepted<br />
maneuvers.<br />
b. Duplex interrogation should be performed at as many levels as necessary to<br />
ensure a complete examination based on the clinical indications. Generally,<br />
veins in the superficial and deep systems should be evaluated.<br />
c. Augmentation with squeezing of the calf musculature should generally be<br />
used. The Valsalva maneuver may be used at the groin.<br />
d. The patient should be situated in the erect position for the detection or<br />
exclusion of reflux. The reverse Trendelenburg position can be used if erect<br />
scanning is not possible. The examined leg should be in a non–weight-bearing<br />
position. The patient should not be studied for reflux in the supine position.<br />
e. All spectral Doppler waveforms should be obtained from the long axis.<br />
2. Recording<br />
a. Recordings should document the extent and location of reflux. Varicosities and<br />
abnormal perforating veins should generally also be documented.<br />
b. Recording the size of dilated vessels may be helpful for clinical management.<br />
c. Anatomic variations such as hypoplastic or aplastic segments, significant<br />
accessory veins, or duplications should be noted.<br />
d. The patient presentation, clinical indication, or clinical management pathways<br />
may require protocol adjustments such as more detailed evaluation of the deep<br />
venous system or a bilateral study.<br />
e. Other vascular and nonvascular abnormalities, if found, should be recorded<br />
but may require additional imaging for diagnosis or further characterization.<br />
Venous Thromboembolic Disease: Upper Extremity<br />
1. Technique<br />
a. Upper extremity duplex evaluation consists of gray scale and Doppler<br />
assessment of all the accessible portions of the subclavian, innominate, internal<br />
jugular, and axillary veins, as well as compression gray scale ultrasound of the<br />
brachial, basilic, and cephalic veins in the upper arm to the elbow. All accessible<br />
veins should be scanned using optimal gray scale and Doppler techniques as<br />
well as appropriate positioning. Venous compression is applied to accessible<br />
veins in the transverse plane with adequate pressure on the skin to
completely obliterate the normal vein lumen.<br />
b. Symptomatic areas, such as the forearm, may require additional evaluation if<br />
the cause of the symptoms is not already elucidated by the standard<br />
examination.<br />
2. Recording<br />
a. For each normal examination, at a minimum:<br />
i. Gray scale images should be recorded without and with compression<br />
at each of the following levels:<br />
a. Internal jugular vein;<br />
b. Peripheral subclavian vein;<br />
c. Axillary vein;<br />
d. Brachial vein in the arm;<br />
e. Cephalic vein in the arm;<br />
f. Basilic vein in the arm;<br />
g. Focal symptomatic areas, if present.<br />
ii. Color images are recorded at each of the following levels using the<br />
appropriate color technique to show filling of the normal venous lumen:<br />
a. Internal jugular vein;<br />
b. Subclavian vein;<br />
c. Axillary vein;<br />
d. If seen, the innominate vein should be recorded with color Doppler imaging.<br />
iii. At a minimum (even if the examination is otherwise unilateral), the<br />
right and left subclavian venous spectral Doppler waveforms should be<br />
recorded to evaluate for asymmetry or loss of cardiovascular pulsatility<br />
and respiratory phasicity. All spectral Doppler should be obtained from<br />
the long axis:<br />
a. Right subclavian vein;<br />
b. Left subclavian vein (from the same location in the vein and in<br />
same patient position as the right one).<br />
b. Abnormal examinations generally require additional images.<br />
The extent and location of sites where the veins fail to compress<br />
or fill with color completely should be clearly recorded and<br />
generally require additional images. Long-axis views without<br />
compression may be helpful to characterize the abnormal vein.<br />
c. The patient presentation, clinical indication, or clinical<br />
management pathways may require protocol adjustments such<br />
as imaging the forearm veins or performing a bilateral study.<br />
d. Other vascular and nonvascular abnormalities, if found, should<br />
be recorded but may require additional imaging for diagnosis or<br />
further characterization.<br />
Vein Mapping<br />
Mapping of superficial leg or arm veins is performed to determine the patency, size,<br />
condition (such as calcification or thickening), and course of superficial veins to be used<br />
for vein grafts. The location of the vein may be marked on the skin overlying the veins.<br />
Tourniquets or other methods to accentuate the veins may be used based on the clinical<br />
indication (for instance, mapping before hemodialysis grafts or fistulas).
XXII. Ergonomics<br />
The following data is from: http://www.sdms.org/msi/default.asp<br />
Industry Standards for the Prevention of Work-Related<br />
Musculoskeletal Disorders in Sonography<br />
Work-related musculoskeletal disorders (WRMSDs) affect a large number of<br />
sonographers and sonologists, particularly those with heavy workloads and those who<br />
have been in the profession for a long time. Good ergonomic design must be an integral<br />
part of equipment design, and significantly influence purchasing decisions. The<br />
employer, manufacturer, user, and educational programs have the responsibility to<br />
prevent health and safety problems that cause WRMSDs.<br />
EQUIPMENT CONTROL MEASURES<br />
A. ULTRASOUND SYSTEM<br />
State-of-the-art equipment allows for optimal visualization which increases diagnostic<br />
accuracy and reduces sonographer/sinologist fatigue. These industry standards are<br />
specific to floor-standing models. Therefore, some recommendations may not apply to<br />
non-floor-standing models.<br />
‣ Fully adjustable equipment that suits the anthropometrics of the 5th to 95th<br />
percentile of the population and is specific to the demographic area of the users.<br />
‣ Easily accessible controls for achieving two-wheel, four-wheel, and braked<br />
positions Central locking is preferable.<br />
‣ Recording devices positioned to minimize the user’s reach to external devices;<br />
external devices should not interfere with adjustability of the system.<br />
‣ Footrest on the equipment designed to encourage neutral position of the ankle.<br />
‣ Transducer holder incorporates ease of access (unobstructed); should not be<br />
detrimental to the distance required to access controls; low force, minimal effort<br />
required for single-handed use.<br />
‣ Cables should not interfere with access to equipment or system interaction.<br />
‣ Port Connector permits ease of use, single-handed use, minimizing the user’s<br />
reach, force, and necessity of a pinch grip; does not interfere with access to<br />
equipment or system interaction.<br />
‣ System design such that transporting the equipment does not exceed 50 pounds<br />
of force for pushing or pulling by a single user on usual flooring surfaces.<br />
Otherwise, it is required that additional personnel are available to assist in moving<br />
the equipment.<br />
‣ Height-adjustable handles suitable for transporting the equipment.<br />
B. CONTROL PANEL<br />
‣ Height-adjustable, separate from the monitor with appropriate degree of tilt to<br />
allow for standing or seated user to achieve neutral posture of wrist and forearm.<br />
Independent movement of control panel allows users to work while maintaining<br />
their elbow at their side.<br />
‣ Optimized control layout to allow use by both right and left-handed users.<br />
‣ Size, shape, and spacing of controls designed according to occupational<br />
ergonomic guidelines. Font size and control layout are visually discernable,<br />
according to occupational ergonomic guidelines . The range of illumination<br />
permits clear identification of control functions at applicable user positions.<br />
‣ Entire system designed to be used in seated position without obstruction of<br />
legs/knees.
C. MONITORS<br />
‣ Incorporate features to minimize eye strain, such as:<br />
a. Reduced flicker<br />
b. Appropriate brightness and contrast levels<br />
c. Resolution<br />
d. Visual contrast<br />
‣ Height-adjustable, separate from the control panel with appropriate degree of tilt<br />
to enable standing or seated users to achieve neutral posture of their necks.<br />
‣ Single-handed movement of the monitor allows users to work while maintaining<br />
their neck in a forward, neutral position at a range of 18 - 30 inches.<br />
‣ System must support the ability to use an external monitor.<br />
D. TRANSDUCERS<br />
‣ Lightweight and balanced to minimize torque on the wrist, facilitate a palmar grip<br />
without an expanded stretch of the hand, and encourage a neutral wrist position.<br />
‣ Sized to support appropriate anthropometric data for the majority of users,<br />
encourage a palmar grip, and slip resistant.<br />
‣ Cables and cable management systems must be suitable in length to permit<br />
unrestricted use; and be of suitable length for intended applications.<br />
E. TABLE<br />
Industry standards #1-5 are considered essential when new or replacement tables are<br />
being purchased.<br />
‣ Height-adjustable, capable of being adjusted low enough to allow patients to get<br />
on and off easily unassisted, and to allow user to scan in a sitting or standing<br />
position while maintaining arm abduction of less than 30 degrees.3<br />
‣ Maneuverable, full wheel mobility, and wheel locks that are easily operated.<br />
‣ Open access from all sides to allow the users to place their knees and feet<br />
underneath, if needed. Table support structure and/or table mechanisms should<br />
not extend beyond the table top such that it prevents the user from minimizing<br />
reach and arm abduction.<br />
‣ For endovaginal scanning, suitable patient access and support such as<br />
adjustable footboard and stirrups.<br />
‣ For cardiac imaging, an easily operated, drop away or cut out section to allow<br />
unhindered access to the apical region while allowing the user’s wrist to remain<br />
supported and in a neutral position.<br />
‣ Ideally, electronic controls that are accessible and easy to use.<br />
‣ The following options may assist in reducing scan time by<br />
‣ improved patient positioning depending on the procedure:<br />
a. Trendelenberg and reverse Trendelenberg<br />
b. Fowler back (upright table back)<br />
c. Arm extension<br />
d. Central locks<br />
e. Patient restraints<br />
F. CHAIR<br />
‣ Height-adjustable with sufficient range to suit the majority of the users. Range of<br />
height adjustability optimizes positioning of less than 30 degrees abduction of the<br />
scanning arm and allows the forearm of the non-scanning arm to be<br />
approximately parallel to the floor.<br />
‣ Adjustable lumbar support, adjustable seat for thigh support, and an adjustable<br />
footrest. Seat design must encourage an upright posture.<br />
‣ Swivels to allow the user to rotate from the patient to the ultrasound system while<br />
maintaining an aligned posture.<br />
‣ Casters suitable to the type of flooring.
G. ACCESSORIES<br />
‣ Gel bottles should have large openings to reduce the strength needed to squeeze<br />
the bottle and of suitable diameter to avoid extended grip position.<br />
‣ Support devices available to all users for arm support in abduction.<br />
‣ When required, the patient chair (and/or table converted to sitting position) used<br />
for seated procedures (eg, shoulder ultrasound) should be fully adjustable, easy<br />
to rotate, lockable and armless, or with removable arms to achieve unobstructed<br />
access for proper ergonomics.<br />
‣ A transducer cable support device to allow users to reduce their grip by reducing<br />
the amount of torque on the wrist/forearm.<br />
‣ Properly fitting, textured exam gloves to reduce the force required to grip the<br />
transducer.<br />
II. ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROL MEASURES<br />
A. EMPLOYER<br />
1. Provide annual education to all users on the risk and prevention of<br />
musculoskeletal disorders.<br />
2. Perform risk assessments in consultation with the users on a regular basis to<br />
identify musculoskeletal disorders and formulate and implement controls for the<br />
prevention and/or reduction of these disorders.<br />
3. Provide a system to report and document acute or chronic musculoskeletal<br />
disorders per applicable regulations.<br />
4. Conduct risk assessments prior to the purchase of equipment.<br />
5. Maintain all equipment in good working order.<br />
B. WORKLOAD AND SCHEDULING<br />
1. Solicit user input on establishing protocols on examination scheduling.<br />
2. Provide adequate rest breaks between examinations particularly for procedures<br />
comprised of similar postural and muscular force attributes.<br />
3. Encourage task rotation in the workplace as much as possible.<br />
4. Establish maximum transducer time per hour. (Research to determine maximum safe<br />
transducer time is encouraged.)<br />
5. Minimize portable/bedside examinations.<br />
C. EXAMINATION AREA<br />
1. Dedicated examination area provides adequate space for the maneuverability<br />
of equipment around the exam table and allows<br />
easy access from all sides.<br />
2. Examination room doorway allows easy access for all wheelchairs, beds, and<br />
ultrasound equipment.<br />
3. Suitable flooring to allow easy movement of equipment.<br />
4. Adequate ventilation and temperature control to ensure the comfort of user<br />
and patient while enabling the equipment to operate at a functional temperature.<br />
5. Adjustable room lighting with easily accessible dimmer controls; shaded<br />
windows to eliminate light.<br />
6. Accessories that improve posture and reduce muscular force should be<br />
available and easily accessible to the user.<br />
7. All imaging supplies stored in the examination area and easily accessible.
III. PROFESSIONAL CONTROL MEASURES<br />
A. BEST PRACTICES<br />
It is recommended that sonographers, sonologists, and students follow<br />
current best practices to reduce the risk of developing musculoskeletal<br />
disorders. These best practices include:<br />
‣ Minimize sustained bending, twisting, reaching, lifting, pressure, and awkward<br />
postures; alternate sitting and standing and vary scanning techniques and<br />
transducer grips.<br />
‣ Adjust all equipment to suit user’s size and have accessories on hand before<br />
beginning to scan.<br />
‣ Use measures to reduce arm abduction and forward and backward reach to<br />
include: instructing the patient to move as close to the user as possible; adjust<br />
the table and chair; and use arm supports.<br />
‣ Relax muscles periodically throughout the day:<br />
‣ Stretch hand, wrist, shoulder muscles, and spine<br />
‣ Take mini breaks during the procedure<br />
‣ Take meal breaks separate from work-related tasks<br />
‣ Re-focus eyes onto distant objects<br />
‣ Vary procedures, tasks, and skills as much as reasonably possible<br />
‣ Use correct body mechanics when moving patients, wheelchairs, beds,<br />
stretchers, and ultrasound equipment.<br />
‣ Correct body mechanic guidelines are available from employers or regulatory<br />
bodies.<br />
‣ Report and document any persistent pain to employer and seek competent<br />
medical advice.<br />
‣ Maintain a good level of physical fitness in order to perform the demanding work<br />
tasks required.<br />
‣ Collaborate with employers on staffing solutions that allow sufficient time away<br />
from work.<br />
B. EDUCATION AND TRAINING<br />
Participate in education and training to reduce the risk of developing musculoskeletal<br />
disorders:<br />
a. Attend employer sponsored in-services<br />
b. Attend seminars, lectures, workshops, or conferences offered by professional<br />
organizations or manufacturers<br />
c. Access journals, textbooks, online resources, etc.<br />
d. Attend a formal sonography program that includes WRMSD prevention in the<br />
curriculum
ERGONOMIC GLOSSARY<br />
Anthropometrics: measured data of body dimensions for various populations.<br />
Demographic area: the characteristics of human populations and population segments,<br />
especially when used to identify consumer markets.<br />
Equipment: the ultrasound system without accessories.<br />
Mini breaks: breaks lasting a minute or two taken throughout the examination study to<br />
relax muscles that are put into spasm while scanning. These muscles include, but are not<br />
limited, to the neck, shoulder, wrist, and fingers.<br />
Pressure: force applied uniformly over a surface, measured as force per unit of area.<br />
The application of continuous force by one body on another that it is touching;<br />
compression.<br />
Sonographer: a professional who uses an ultrasound system to create images of<br />
structures inside the human body that are used by physicians to make a medical<br />
diagnosis.<br />
Sonologist: a physician who makes a medical diagnosis using ultrasound and who may<br />
also perform ultrasound procedures.<br />
Suitable Flooring: tile, linoleum or other hard surface (not carpeting).<br />
System: all the components of an ultrasound unit with accessories such as a printing<br />
device or VCR, or the entire workstation.<br />
Unit: a component of an ultrasound system.<br />
User: a professional who uses ultrasound to make diagnostic images in a medical<br />
setting.
XXIII. Appendices<br />
A. Hepatitis B & A Vaccine Notice & Status<br />
B. Remediation Plan and Outcome<br />
C. Academic Honesty Procedure<br />
D. <strong>Student</strong>’s Consent to Background Clearance and Drug Screening<br />
E. <strong>Student</strong> Acceptance Form<br />
F. Clinical Rotation Acknowledgement Form<br />
G. Clinical Orientation Forms
Appendix A:<br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> Allied Health Division<br />
Hepatitis Notice<br />
Hepatitis is a term meaning "inflammation of the liver". There are four forms of the<br />
disease: Hepatitis A, Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and Hepatitis D. They are all caused by<br />
viruses, but are very different. Hepatitis A, also known as infectious hepatitis, is the most<br />
common form of hepatitis.<br />
Hepatitis A virus is found in the human feces and is usually spread by eating something<br />
contaminated. Hepatitis C (HCV) accounts for a substantial portion of acute and chronic<br />
liver disease in the U.S. The primary modes of transmission of HCV are parenteral (blood<br />
transfusion, IV drug abuse, needlestick). Although not transmitted as efficiently as<br />
Hepatitis B, HCV can be transmitted sexually and perinatally. Hepatitis D infection only<br />
exists in the presence of HBV with the route of transmission similar to HBV. Fortunately,<br />
Hepatitis D is uncommon in the U.S.<br />
HEPATITIS B: (HBV) is a virus formerly known as serum hepatitis. HBV is a major<br />
cause of acute and chronic hepatitis, cirrhosis, and primary hepatocellular carcinoma. The<br />
virus can be found in an infected person's body fluids, including blood, semen, vaginal<br />
secretions, saliva, and urine. HBV is more dangerous than other viruses because the virus<br />
can survive for more than seven days in dried blood or on exposed surfaces, thus<br />
increases the chances for infection.<br />
Some HBV infections can be asymptomatic; however, symptoms of HBV may also include<br />
jaundice, anorexia, nausea, arthritis, rash, and fever. A screening test for Hepatitis B<br />
surface antibody to determine whether you are presently immune to Hepatitis B is<br />
available. That test is performed on drawn blood.<br />
Should it be determined that you are not immune to Hepatitis B, a vaccine is available<br />
which could decrease your chances of contracting Hepatitis B. Realize that as a student<br />
and future employee in a health occupation, you have an increased risk of contracting this<br />
serious illness.<br />
There are risks involved in performing the test to determine if you are immune to Hepatitis<br />
B. Those risks include, but are not necessarily limited to bleeding, injury from the needle to<br />
various structures surrounding the vein from which the blood is drawn, including injury to<br />
nerves, blood vessels, and surrounding tissue which could result in paralysis, paresthesia,<br />
or numbness and tingling, or formation of a blood clot which could dislodge and enter your<br />
blood stream causing severe injury or death.<br />
There are also risks attendant in receiving the vaccine against Hepatitis B, including but<br />
not necessarily limited to an adverse reaction to the vaccine which could cause anything<br />
from mild discomfort to severe injury or death caused by an anaphylactic or allergic<br />
reaction to the vaccine. In addition to all of the above, there are also unknown, rare,<br />
unpredictable and unanticipated complications which can possibly occur.<br />
A high percentage of healthy people who receive two doses of vaccine and a booster<br />
achieve high levels of surface antibody (anti-HB's) and protection against Hepatitis B.<br />
Persons with immune-system abnormalities, such as dialysis patients, have less response<br />
to the vaccine, but over half of those receiving it do develop antibodies. Full immunization<br />
requires three doses of vaccine over a six month period, although some persons may not<br />
develop immunity even after three doses. There is no evidence that the vaccine has ever<br />
caused Hepatitis B. However, persons who have been infected with HBV prior to receiving<br />
the vaccine may go on to develop clinical Hepatitis in spite of immunization.
The usual vaccine procedure consists of 3 doses. The first does is at the time you wish to<br />
start. The second dose is one month later. The third dose is six months after the first<br />
dose. The cost of these injections ranges from $120 to $180 for the three dose series.<br />
One month after the last dose has been completed, a follow-up HB surface antigen test to<br />
determine whether you have developed immunity is highly recommended. The vaccine is<br />
prepared from recombinant yeast cultures, free of associated human blood or blood<br />
products, thus cannot be infected with HIV or other bloodborne pathogens.<br />
It should be noted that a clinical facility has the right to refuse a student clinical tasks if the<br />
student has not been immunized - even if the student signs a waiver of liability.<br />
INFORMATION ABOUT HEPATITIS B VACCINE<br />
The Disease: Hepatitis B is a viral infection caused by the hepatitis B virus (HBV), which<br />
causes death in 1-2% of patients. Most people with hepatitis B recover completely, but<br />
approximately 5-10% become chronic carriers of the virus. Most of these people have no<br />
symptoms, but can continue to transmit the disease to others. Some may develop chronic<br />
active hepatitis and cirrhosis. HBV also appears to be causative factor in the development<br />
of liver cancer.<br />
The Vaccine: Hepatitis B vaccine is produced from the plasma of chronic HBV carriers.<br />
The vaccine consists of highly purified, formalin-inactivated hepatitis B antigen (viral<br />
coating material). It has been extensively tested for safety in chimpanzees and for safety<br />
and efficiency in large-scale clinical trials with human subjects. A high percentage of<br />
healthy people who receive two doses of vaccine and a booster achieve high levels of<br />
surface antibody (anti-HBs) and protection against Hepatitis B. Persons with immunesystem<br />
abnormalities, such as dialysis patients, have less response to the vaccine/but over<br />
half of those receiving it do develop antibodies. Full immunization requires three doses of<br />
vaccine over a six-month period, although some persons may not develop immunity even<br />
after three doses. There is no evidence that the vaccine has ever caused hepatitis B.<br />
However, persons who have been infected with HBV prior to receiving the vaccine may go<br />
on to develop clinical hepatitis in spite of immunization. The duration of immunity is<br />
unknown at this time.<br />
Possible Vaccine Side Effects: The incidence of side effects is very low. No serious<br />
side effects have been reported with the vaccine. A few persons experience tenderness<br />
and redness at the site of injection. Low-grade fever may occur. Rush, nausea, joint pain<br />
and mild fatigue have also been reported. The possibility exists that more serious side<br />
effects may be identified with more extensive use.
Instructions:<br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> Allied Health Division<br />
Hepatitis B Vaccine Status<br />
A copy of your immunization record is to be included in your clinical<br />
notebook for examination by clinical personnel during your orientation process to each new<br />
clinical facility and the second copy is to be provided to the program director for filing in your<br />
personal file.<br />
I have received the Allied Health Department's communication concerning Hepatitis B. I<br />
understand that vaccination is indicated for me because of the possibility that I may be<br />
exposed to Hepatitis B in the course and scope of my clinical training and future employment.<br />
I have also been advised as to the potentially dangerous risks and consequences of my failure<br />
to be tested and receive the vaccination at this time.<br />
I have also been advised that a clinical facility has the right to refuse my student clinical<br />
assignment if I have not been immunized - even if I sign a waiver of liability.<br />
My signature below constitutes my acknowledgment:<br />
A. That the testing procedure and vaccination set forth has been adequately explained to<br />
me and that I have received all of the information I desire concerning such procedure<br />
and vaccination; and<br />
B. That I have read, understand and agreed to the testing and/or vaccination procedure<br />
indicated below.<br />
Check One:<br />
[ ] I plan to be tested to determine Hepatitis B immunity. If test results indicate immunity,<br />
I will provide verification, otherwise I plan to seek immunization through my private<br />
doctor or by a health care facility and I will provide a copy of my verification when I<br />
have completed the three inoculations.<br />
Date submitted:<br />
[ ] I do NOT want to be tested for Hepatitis B immunity, but I do plan to seek<br />
immunization through my private doctor or by a health care facility and I will provide a<br />
copy of my verification when I have completed the three inoculations.<br />
Date submitted:<br />
[ ] I am already immunized and will provide verification.<br />
Date submitted:<br />
[ ] I have decided not to pursue immunization for Hepatitis B even though I understand I<br />
am at some risk of contracting this disease. Therefore, with my signature below I am<br />
releasing and hold harmless <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> and all clinical facilities of any<br />
responsibility for my exposure to or contracting of Hepatitis B.<br />
Sign and Date, have Witness Sign and Date:<br />
____________________________________________________________________________<br />
<strong>Student</strong> Signature<br />
Date<br />
____________________________________________________________________________<br />
Witness Signature<br />
Date
Instructions:<br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> Allied Health Division<br />
Hepatitis A Vaccine Status<br />
A copy of your immunization record is to be included in your clinical<br />
notebook for examination by clinical personnel during your orientation process to each new<br />
clinical facility and the second copy is to be provided to the program director for filing in your<br />
personal file.<br />
I have received the Allied Health Department's communication concerning Hepatitis A. I understand that<br />
vaccination is indicated for me because of the possibility that I may be exposed to Hepatitis A in the course and<br />
scope of my clinical training and future employment. I have also been advised as to the potentially dangerous<br />
risks and consequences of my failure to be tested and receive the vaccination at this time.<br />
I have also been advised that a clinical facility has the right to refuse my student clinical assignment if I have not<br />
been immunized - even if I sign a waiver of liability.<br />
My signature below constitutes my acknowledgment:<br />
A. That the testing procedure and vaccination set forth has been adequately explained to me and that I<br />
have received all of the information I desire concerning such procedure and vaccination; and<br />
B. That I have read, understand and agreed to the testing and/or vaccination procedure indicated below.<br />
Check One:<br />
[ ] I plan to be tested to determine Hepatitis A immunity. If test results indicate immunity, I will provide<br />
verification, otherwise I plan to seek immunization through my private doctor or by a health care facility<br />
and I will provide a copy of my verification when I have completed the two inoculations.<br />
Date submitted:______________<br />
[ ] I do NOT want to be tested for Hepatitis A immunity, but I do plan to seek immunization through my<br />
private doctor or by a health care facility and I will provide a copy of my verification when I have<br />
completed the two inoculations.<br />
Date submitted:______________<br />
[ ] I am already immunized and will provide verification.<br />
Date submitted:______________<br />
[ ] I have decided not to pursue immunization for Hepatitis A even though I understand I am at some risk of<br />
contracting this disease. Therefore, with my signature below I am releasing and hold harmless <strong>Merced</strong><br />
<strong>College</strong> and all clinical facilities of any responsibility for my exposure to or contracting of Hepatitis A.<br />
Sign and Date, have Witness Sign and Date:<br />
________________________________________________________________________________________<br />
<strong>Student</strong> Signature<br />
Date<br />
________________________________________________________________________________________<br />
Witness Signature<br />
Date
MERCED COLLEGE<br />
LIABILITY RELEASE-ASSUMPTION OF RISKS FORM<br />
I have read the attached statement about hepatitis B and the hepatitis B<br />
vaccine. I have had an opportunity to ask questions and understand the<br />
benefits and risks of hepatitis B vaccination as well as the risks of not receiving<br />
the vaccination. I do not wish to receive the vaccination series at this time and<br />
voluntarily assume the risks inherent in not receiving the vaccine series and<br />
hereby further release <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>, its officers, employees and agents from<br />
any and all liability, loss or damage that I may suffer or incur from whatever<br />
source in the event of any actual or potential exposure or infection due to my<br />
decision not to receive the vaccination.<br />
STUDENT HEPATITIS B VACCINE DECLINATION<br />
I understand that due to my occupational exposure to blood or other potentially<br />
infectious materials. I may be at risk of acquiring hepatitis B virus (HBV)<br />
infection. I have been advised of the importance of being vaccinated with<br />
hepatitis B vaccine from a licensed health care provider. However, I decline<br />
hepatitis B vaccination at this time. I understand that by declining this vaccine, I<br />
continue to be at risk of acquiring hepatitis B, a serious disease. If in the future<br />
I want to be vaccinated with hepatitis B vaccine, I understand that I will need to<br />
receive the vaccination series from a license health care provider.<br />
_________________________________________<br />
Printed Name of <strong>Student</strong><br />
________________________________________________<br />
Signature of <strong>Student</strong><br />
_________________________<br />
Date<br />
________________________________________________<br />
Signature of Witness<br />
_________________________<br />
Date
APPENDIX B:<br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
Sonography Program<br />
Remediation Plan and Outcome<br />
<strong>Student</strong>:<br />
Semester/Year:<br />
UNSATISFACTORY OBJECTIVE(S) : Unsatisfactory evaluation for SONO _____<br />
As of today, your progress report grade averages out to the following:<br />
Total Points Possible = xx<br />
Percentage Grade = xx %<br />
Total Points Received = xx<br />
Grade = xx<br />
PLAN:<br />
[ ] Counseling - instructor [ ] Suspension for days<br />
[ ] Counseling - outside referral [ ] Dismissal<br />
[ ] Letter of concern [ ] Clinical reassignment<br />
[ ] Probation<br />
[ ] Increase clinic performance evaluation to every two weeks for a total of ______ weeks.<br />
[ ] Increase didactic performance evaluations as noted: ___________________________<br />
As listed in the course outline, the lowest percentage grade a student may receive and still pass the<br />
course is 75%. Your _____ % performance is below this figure and is a cause for concern. This<br />
evaluation is being conducted at this time in order to alert you to a potential problem in remaining in<br />
the DMS Program. As stated in your student handbook, a student must pass each DMS course with a<br />
“C” grade” or better in order to remain enrolled in the DMS Program. In order to ensure your<br />
continued enrollment, your test scores or clinic performance must dramatically improve.<br />
SUGGESTED RESOURCES and ACTIVITIES:<br />
1. Re-evaluate your schedule (home/work/school/recreation) and see where you can modify your<br />
schedule in order to spend more time studying.<br />
2. Involve yourself in a DMS student group session with your classmates.<br />
3. Speak up more when you have a question otherwise it’s assumed we can move onto the next<br />
topic.<br />
4. Seek a special tutorial assistance through the Tutorial Center. (384-6271)<br />
5. If there is a possibility that you may have an undiagnosed learning disability, contact the<br />
Disabled <strong>Student</strong> Services Office for information about getting tested. (384-6155)<br />
6. Spend some time in the Computer Lab and/or classroom and review available computerized<br />
software.<br />
FOLLOW-UP CONFERENCE TO BE HELD:<br />
STUDENT COMMENTS: __________________________________________________________<br />
________________________________________________________________________________<br />
________________________________________________________________________________<br />
________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________<br />
Instructor's Signature<br />
Date<br />
______________________________________________<br />
<strong>Student</strong>'s Signature<br />
Date<br />
REMEDIATION OUTCOME:<br />
Follow-up Conference Notation:<br />
Has overcome deficiencies and now meets objectives and or requirements, no further<br />
action required.<br />
Has not overcome deficiencies and does not meet objectives and or requirements, see<br />
below for follow-up remediation action.<br />
[ ] Continuation of remediation plan recommended<br />
FOLLOW-UP CONFERENCE TO BE HELD:<br />
[ ] Dismissal<br />
Additional Comments:<br />
REMEDIATION FOLLOW-UP ACTION<br />
<strong>Student</strong> Comments:<br />
_________________________________________________________________________________<br />
Instructor’s Signature<br />
Date<br />
_________________________________________________________________________________<br />
<strong>Student</strong>’s Signature<br />
Date<br />
********************************************************************************************************************<br />
*<br />
FINAL REMEDIATION ACTION<br />
[ ] Has overcome deficiencies and now meets objectives and or requirements, no further action<br />
required.<br />
[ ] Did not overcome deficiencies and does not meet objectives and or requirements and is<br />
therefore being dismissed from the program.<br />
_________________________________________________________________________________<br />
Instructor’s Signature<br />
Date<br />
_________________________________________________________________________________<br />
<strong>Student</strong>’s Signature<br />
Date
APPENDIX C:<br />
Academic Honesty Procedure<br />
Academic dishonesty is a violation of the <strong>Student</strong> Code of Conduct and is handled by the Vice-<br />
President of <strong>Student</strong> Personnel.<br />
<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> has the responsibility to ensure that grades assigned are indicative of the<br />
knowledge and skill level of each student. Acts of academic dishonesty make it impossible to<br />
fulfill this responsibility, and they weaken our society. Faculty, students, administrators, and<br />
classified staff share responsibility for ensuring academic honesty in our college community and<br />
will make a concerted effort to fulfill the following responsibilities.<br />
Faculty Responsibilities<br />
Faculty have a responsibility to encourage academic honesty in their classrooms. In the<br />
absence of academic honesty, it is impossible to assign accurate grades and to ensure that<br />
honest students are not at a competitive disadvantage. Faculty members are encouraged to do<br />
the following:<br />
1. Explain the meaning of academic honesty to their students.<br />
2. Include information about academic honesty in their course syllabi.<br />
3. Conduct their classes in a way that discourages cheating, plagiarism and other<br />
dishonest conduct.<br />
4. Confront students suspected of academic dishonesty and take appropriate disciplinary<br />
action in a timely manner (see "Procedures for Dealing with Violations of Academic<br />
Honesty" which follow.)<br />
<strong>Student</strong> Responsibilities<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s share the responsibility for maintaining academic honesty. <strong>Student</strong>s are expected to<br />
do the following:<br />
1. Refrain from acts of academic dishonesty.<br />
2. Refuse to aid or abet any form of academic dishonesty.<br />
Administrative Responsibilities<br />
1. Disseminate the academic honesty policy and the philosophical principles upon which it<br />
is based to faculty, students, and staff.<br />
2. Provide facilities, class enrollments, and/or support personnel which make it practical<br />
for faculty and students to make cheating, plagiarism and other dishonest conduct<br />
nearly impossible.<br />
3. Support faculty and students in their efforts to maintain academic honesty.<br />
Classified Staff Responsibilities<br />
1. Support faculty, students, and administration in their efforts to make cheating,<br />
plagiarism and other dishonest conduct nearly impossible.<br />
2. Notify instructors and/or appropriate administrators about observed incidents of<br />
academic dishonesty.<br />
Examples of Violations of Academic Honesty<br />
Academic dishonesty includes cheating, plagiarism, collusion, misuse of college computers and<br />
software, and other dishonest conduct as outlined below. It is not limited to the following<br />
examples:<br />
Cheating<br />
1. Obtaining information from another student during an examination.<br />
2. Communicating information to another student during and examination.<br />
3. Knowingly allowing another student to copy one's work.<br />
4. Offering another person's work as one's own.<br />
5. Taking an examination for another student or having someone take an<br />
examination for oneself.<br />
6. Sharing answers for a take-home examination unless specifically authorized<br />
by the instructor.
7. Using unauthorized materials (such as notes or "cheat sheets") or<br />
unauthorized equipment (such as dictionaries or calculators) during and<br />
examination.<br />
8. Altering a graded examination or assignment and returning it for additional<br />
credit.<br />
9. Having another person or a company do the research and/or writing of an<br />
assigned paper or report.<br />
10. Misreporting or altering the data in laboratory or research projects.<br />
Plagiarism<br />
1. Purposefully presenting as one's own the ideas, words, or creative product of<br />
another.<br />
2. Carelessly or through lack of knowledge presenting as one's own the ideas,<br />
words, or creative product of another.<br />
3. Purposely failing to credit the source for direct quotations, paraphrases, ideas,<br />
and facts which are common knowledge.<br />
4. Failing to credit the source for direct quotations, paraphrases, ideas, and facts<br />
which are common knowledge through carelessness or lack of knowledge.<br />
5. Changing only slightly the wording of another.<br />
6. Using another person's catchy word of phrase.<br />
7. Paraphrasing without using proper citations.<br />
8. Copying word-for-word.<br />
9. Cut and paste from the internet.<br />
Collusion<br />
1. Knowingly or intentionally helping another student perform an act of academic<br />
dishonesty.<br />
Misuse of <strong>College</strong> Computers and Software<br />
1. Unauthorized use of computer accounts.<br />
2. Unauthorized copying of programs or data belonging to others.<br />
3. Making, acquiring, or using unauthorized software on college equipment.<br />
4. Using college computers to play computer games when other users need the<br />
resources.<br />
5. Attempting to crash the system.<br />
6. Removing licensed software from offices, classrooms, labs, and the library.<br />
7. Using the computers or telecommunications systems in a way that interferes<br />
with the use of those systems by others.<br />
8. Using the computers or telecommunications systems for personal or for-profit<br />
ventures.<br />
Other Dishonest Conduct<br />
1. Stealing or attempting to steal an examination or answer key.<br />
2. Stealing or attempting to change official academic records.<br />
3. Forging or altering grade change cards.<br />
4. Intentionally impairing the performance of other students laboratory samples<br />
or reagents, by altering musical or athletic equipment, or by creating a<br />
distraction meant to impair performance.<br />
5. Forging or altering attendance records.<br />
6. Supplying the college with false information.<br />
Action by the Instructor<br />
1. An instructor who has evidence that an act of academic dishonesty has occurred shall<br />
notify the student of such evidence by speaking with the student or notifying the student<br />
in writing.<br />
2. AFTER notifying the student and giving him or her the chance to respond, the instructor<br />
may take one or more of the following disciplinary actions:
A. Issue and oral reprimand (for example, in cases where there is reasonable<br />
doubt that the student knew that the action violated the standards of academic<br />
honesty). No report form is necessary.<br />
B. Give the student an "F" grade, zero points, or a reduced number of points on all<br />
or part of a particular paper, project, or examination. A written memo of this<br />
action (Use "Academic Dishonesty Report" Form) is to be sent to the Vice-<br />
President of <strong>Student</strong> Personnel and a copy to the Vice- President of Instruction.<br />
C. Assign an "F" to the student for the course in cases where the dishonesty is<br />
more serious, premeditated, or a repeat offense. A written memo (Use<br />
"Academic Dishonesty Report" Form) must be completed by the instructor and<br />
sent to the Vice-President of <strong>Student</strong> Personnel and a copy to the Vice<br />
President of Instruction.*<br />
*NOTE:<br />
A grade of "F" assigned to a student for academic dishonesty will not be final if<br />
the student chooses to drop the course before the 14th week of the semester.<br />
In that case, the student would receive a "W" grade on his transcript.<br />
Action by the Administration<br />
1. Upon receipt of the first Academic Dishonesty Report Form concerning a student the<br />
Vice-President of <strong>Student</strong> Personnel shall send a letter of reprimand to the student<br />
which will inform the student that<br />
- Academic dishonesty is grounds for academic disciplinary probation for the remainder<br />
of his or her career at <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />
- Another incident of academic dishonesty reported by any instructor shall result in a<br />
hearing by the <strong>Student</strong> Discipline Committee and may result in a one-year suspension<br />
from the college.<br />
- The student may make an appointment with the Vice-President of <strong>Student</strong> Personnel to<br />
discuss the incident and its ramifications.<br />
2. Upon receipt of a second Academic Dishonesty Report Form concerning a student, the<br />
Vice-President of <strong>Student</strong> Personnel shall immediately refer the student to the <strong>Student</strong><br />
Discipline Committee. If the Committee finds the charges to be valid, the Committee<br />
will suspend the student for one calendar year (two full semesters and one summer<br />
session).<br />
3. For more serious incidents of academic dishonesty, the Vice-President of <strong>Student</strong><br />
Personnel will meet with the student and immediately take appropriate disciplinary<br />
action or refer the student to the <strong>Student</strong> Discipline Committee. Offenses warranting<br />
suspension on the first offense include, but are not limited to, the following:<br />
- Taking an examination for another student or having someone take an<br />
examination for oneself.<br />
- Altering a graded examination or assignment and returning it for additional<br />
credit.<br />
- Having another student or a company do the research and/or writing of an<br />
assigned paper or report.<br />
- Stealing or attempting to steal an examination or answer key.<br />
- Stealing or attempting to change official academic records.<br />
- Forging or altering grades.<br />
4. If, after a student returns from a suspension for Academic Dishonesty, the Vice-<br />
President of <strong>Student</strong> Personnel receives yet another Academic Dishonesty Report<br />
Form, the Vice-President of <strong>Student</strong> Personnel shall recommend to the <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
Superintendent/President that the student be expelled from the District.<br />
NOTE: Disciplinary actions which are taken by the Vice-President of <strong>Student</strong> Personnel<br />
or the <strong>Student</strong> Discipline Committee and which are based on alleged cheating may be<br />
appealed as specified in the <strong>Student</strong> Grievance Policy. (This Academic Honesty Policy has<br />
been adapted from the Academic Honesty Policy of Golden West <strong>College</strong> with permission.)
APPENDIX D:<br />
<strong>Student</strong>’s Consent to Background Clearance and Drug Screening<br />
Background Clearance:<br />
A background clearance will be required upon acceptance into the program and possibly<br />
once each year thereafter. This will include criminal offense, criminal history, sex<br />
offender check and social security trace The results for the SSN trace come from more<br />
than 300 public sectors. They are from things like electric/water company accounts,<br />
deed records, change of address forms and so forth. It is quite common for these traces<br />
to return no results. This is not a SSN VERIFICATION, only a trace of where your SSN<br />
may have been used.<br />
These traces are generally used for the purpose of gathering additional information about<br />
your previous residences and possible alternate names. If you would like to have this<br />
search cleared for aesthetic purposes, you may obtain an official Social Security<br />
Administration document from your local SS office and fax it to American DataBank (303-<br />
573-1779) and have them mark your search as clear. For the purposes of your<br />
background check, this is not something that reflects poorly on you.<br />
Drug Screening:<br />
It is the policy of our clinical facilities to require drug screening of Diagnostic Medical<br />
Sonography student assignees for the purpose of detecting drug abuse, and that one of<br />
the requirements for consideration of placement within our clinical facilities is<br />
satisfactorily passing of a drug screening test. The student will be responsible for any<br />
costs incurred in obtaining drug screening clearance(s) for student placement(s).<br />
<strong>Student</strong>s may be required to repeat the drug screening clearance with each new clinical<br />
assignment (3-4 assignments throughout the program).<br />
A clinical facility may request a random drug screening. Failure to comply with a random<br />
drug screening request are grounds for clinical and program dismissal. The student will<br />
not be held responsible for any random drug screening fees. A positive drug screening<br />
test may lead to dismissal from the clinical facility and the program.<br />
Therefore, for the purpose of being considered for student placement at the clinical<br />
facilities, I hereby agree to provide drug screening clearance documentation from an<br />
approved provider. I understand that I will be responsible for any costs incurred in<br />
obtaining drug screening clearance(s) for student placement.<br />
I understand that failure to pass the initial drug screening or any subsequent drug<br />
screening (including a random drug screening) may cancel admission or enrollment to<br />
the program.<br />
_______________________________________________________<br />
<strong>Student</strong> Signature<br />
(Date signed)<br />
_________________________________________________________<br />
Witness Signature<br />
(Date signed)
APPENDIX E:<br />
<strong>Student</strong> Acceptance Statement<br />
of<br />
Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program<br />
<strong>Student</strong> Policies and Procedures<br />
Having read all of <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>’s Diagnostic Medical Sonography<br />
Program <strong>Student</strong> Policies and Procedures <strong>Handbook</strong> with care, I both<br />
understand and accept the responsibilities of my role as a Sonography<br />
student at <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>. I understand that my clinical responsibilities<br />
are specifically detailed in the Clinical Competency Evaluation <strong>Handbook</strong>.<br />
The content of this handbook may be subject to change throughout the<br />
program. You will be provided a hard copy of any revised provisions. It is<br />
your responsibility to keep these new provisions in your handbook at all<br />
times.<br />
<br />
<strong>Student</strong>’s Signature_______________________<br />
Date __________<br />
Witness _______________________________<br />
Date _________
APPENDIX F:<br />
Diagnostic Medical Sonography<br />
Clinical Rotation Acknowledgement<br />
My signature below is given as evidence that I am fully aware the Diagnostic Medical<br />
Sonography Program will, upon completion of the required, sequential curriculum<br />
including successful passage of laboratory practical examinations, provide me with four<br />
assigned clinical affiliation rotations.<br />
I further understand:<br />
1. The specific rotation location is not guaranteed.<br />
2. Only clinical sites having been recruited by <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>, and that hold signed<br />
affiliation agreements, will be used for Sonography Rotations.<br />
3. Refusal of any rotation will relieve <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> from any further placement<br />
responsibilities.<br />
4. There is no guarantee of a stipend, or employment at any assigned rotation.<br />
5. I am responsible to purchase and wear the appropriate uniforms at my clinical site.<br />
6. Clinical rotations are completed in all but the first term in the DMS program.<br />
7. All clinical hours shall be completed. Any missed hours shall be made up at the<br />
assigned rotation prior to the end of that term.<br />
8. Clinical hours, times, and days may vary at each location. I am responsible to<br />
attend all scheduled days and times. Arrival time may begin at 6:00 am, departure<br />
may be 9:00 pm, and weekend rotations may be required.<br />
9. I shall maintain strict confidentiality of all medical records, and follow all HIPAA<br />
policies.<br />
10. Should I incur a physical disability, including pregnancy, a clinical rotation may be<br />
placed on hold until I submit a physician’s release for “return to work” to the<br />
Program Director and/or the Manager/Director of the clinical affiliation. It is my<br />
responsibility to inform the DMS Program Director of any possible disability, either<br />
current or acquired, that would prohibit successful completion of the clinical aspect<br />
of the program.<br />
11. I understand that I am responsible for additional background and/or drug screening<br />
checks may be required for any clinical affiliation.<br />
12. I understand that I am responsible for my transportation to and from all assigned<br />
clinical experiences. The DMS program will make a concerted effort to keep<br />
affiliations within a 100 mile radius of the <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> campus.<br />
13. I will maintain a current CPR card throughout the DMS program.<br />
14. I will keep required vaccinations and other medical screenings current throughout<br />
the DMS program.<br />
15. I will abide by all programmatic and clinical affiliation policies.<br />
16. I will follow HIPAA compliance policies<br />
17. I will follow programmatic dress code policy.<br />
18. I understand that successful completion of the entire sequential clinical experience,<br />
and all sequential Sonography courses are required to earn a Certificate of<br />
Achievement in Sonography.<br />
______________________________<br />
<strong>Student</strong> Signature<br />
________________________<br />
Date
APPENDIX G: Clinical Orientation<br />
1. Clinical Competency:<br />
a. [ ] Review of prior completed clinical competencies<br />
(refer to Clinical Competency <strong>Handbook</strong>)<br />
b. [ ] Discussion of student's perceived strengths & weaknesses<br />
Please list:<br />
c. [ ] Discussion of specific clinical training goals for student by facility<br />
Please list:<br />
2. Review of <strong>Student</strong> Information Updates:<br />
(refer to Clinical Competency Evaluation <strong>Handbook</strong>)<br />
a. [ ] Flu / MMR / Tdap / Varicella vaccination date<br />
b. [ ] Malpractice Coverage - Covered by <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> Policy<br />
c. [ ] CPR card expiration date<br />
d. [ ] TB expiration date<br />
e. [ ] Hepatitis A/B vaccination status<br />
f. [ ] Background Check clearance results<br />
g. [ ] Drug Screening clearance results<br />
3. Code of Ethics - Confidentiality Standards:<br />
a. [ ] Review program standards as listed in the Clinical Competency Evaluation<br />
<strong>Handbook</strong><br />
b. [ ] Review any specific clinical standards, as necessary<br />
4. Supervision Reminder:<br />
a. [ ] Direct Supervision - a qualified sonographer shall be present during the<br />
performance of the procedure<br />
b. [ ] Indirect Supervision - a qualified sonographer is immediately available to<br />
assist the student in the adjacent room or location where an ultrasound<br />
examination/procedure is being performed<br />
c. [ ] Required Supervision for Repeats - always performed under direct<br />
supervision<br />
5. Absences or Tardiness in the Clinical Area:<br />
a. [ ] Who, when, and where to notify<br />
b. [ ] Absenteeism make-up
6. Location of <strong>Student</strong> Assignment:<br />
a. [ ] Where posted, specific objectives, etc.<br />
7. Communications during Clinical Assignment:<br />
a. [ ] Contact in case of emergency<br />
b. [ ] Making outside phone calls (land-line & cell)<br />
c. [ ] Contacting and working with other students<br />
8. Health and Safety Procedures:<br />
a. [ ] Fire regulations<br />
b. [ ] Codes (resuscitation team)<br />
c. [ ] Security guard services<br />
d. [ ] Reporting accidents and incidents (including exposure to bloodborne<br />
pathogen needlesticks or pathology)<br />
e. [ ] Emergency Disaster Response Plan<br />
f. [ ] Hand washing, gloving, and PPE Policies<br />
g. [ ] Standards Precautions & Transmission-Based Precautions<br />
9. Dress Code:<br />
a. [ ] Discussion of dress code according to facility's guidelines, in particular scrub<br />
colors; appropriate OR scrub usage; hair; nails; body art, etc. Please review<br />
and apply <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> Sonography Dress Code, when appropriate.<br />
10. Office Protocol:<br />
a. [ ] How to answer phone<br />
b. [ ] Filing/PACS<br />
c. [ ] Emergency phone numbers<br />
11. Information About Hospital:<br />
a. [ ] History<br />
b. [ ] Bed capacity<br />
c. [ ] Administrative personnel<br />
d. [ ] Conference room facilities<br />
12. Meal & Rest Breaks:<br />
a. [ ] Times and duration of meals and coffee breaks<br />
(maximum 30 min. lunch & must take break & lunch, no early release)<br />
<strong>Student</strong> MUST complete all required programmatic clinical hours as per<br />
our Accreditation Requirements<br />
b. [ ] Provisions for students carrying lunches
13. Locker and Washroom Facilities:<br />
a. [ ] To include proper location for books, outer clothing, purses and valuables<br />
storage.<br />
b. [ ] Both male and female<br />
14. Learning Resource Materials:<br />
a. [ ] Library: rules and privileges (Facility - if applicable/Department)<br />
15. Parking and Building Entrance Regulations:<br />
a. [ ] Includes both day time and evening rules<br />
b. [ ] Entrance to building requirements, if applicable.<br />
16. Orientation to Department:<br />
a. [ ] Review of routine views for procedures<br />
b. [ ] Patient transportation procedures to and from department<br />
c. Operation of equipment:<br />
(1) [ ] Sonographic equipment<br />
(2) [ ] Workstations<br />
(3) [ ] PACS<br />
d. Operation of special equipment:<br />
(1) [ ] Monitors, I.V.'s, Oxygen, etc.<br />
e. Location of equipment and supplies:<br />
(1) [ ] Scanning gel<br />
(2) [ ] Contrast media documentation, if applicable<br />
(3) [ ] Immobilization aides<br />
(4) [ ] Thermographic paper, if applicable<br />
(5) [ ] Biopsy, aspiration, localization supplies<br />
(6) [ ] Emergency cart/supplies<br />
(7) [ ] Linens<br />
(8) [ ] Other accessory items: needles, syringes, tourniquets, I.V. tubing, emesis<br />
basins, bandaging materials, etc.<br />
17. Orientation to Other Departments:<br />
a. [ ] Emergency Department - ED<br />
b. [ ] Operating Room - OR
c. [ ] CCU/ICU/NICU/Peds<br />
d. [ ] Lab<br />
e. [ ] Central Supply<br />
18. Introduction to Key Personnel:<br />
a. [ ] Radiologist(s)<br />
b. [ ] Department Manager/Supervising Technologist<br />
c. [ ] Staff Technologists & Sonographers<br />
d. [ ] Key Ancillary Staff<br />
19. Statement of Responsibility:<br />
a. [ ] Review student’s statement of responsibility document located in<br />
the Clinical Competency <strong>Handbook</strong><br />
20. Schedule:<br />
a. [ ] Who generates weekly schedule?<br />
b. [ ] When does the work week start? (Sunday-Saturday or<br />
Saturday-Sunday, etc.)<br />
c. [ ] Will weekend hours be included in schedule? If so, when?<br />
My signature below indicates that I have reviewed and understand each statement above. Should I<br />
have questions regarding any of the above, I will be sure to ask the Clinical Preceptor, Department<br />
Manager or the Personnel Department for clarification prior to signing.<br />
<strong>Student</strong>’s Signature<br />
Date<br />
Clinical Preceptor’s Signature<br />
Program Director/Clinical Coordinator/Clinical Supervisor<br />
Date<br />
Date